Steel Stacks

AN AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD

~
~
The American Society of
Mechanical Engineers Three Park Avenue • New York, NY • 10016 USA
 Dil le of lssuance: Aprii 16. 20 11

The next edition of this Standard is scheduled for publication in 2014. There wlll be no addenda
iss ued to this edition.

ASME issues written replies to inquiries concerning interpretations of technical aspects of thi s
Standard. Periodically certain actions of the ASME STS Committee may be published as Cases.
Cases and interpretat ions are published on th e ASME Web site under the Committee Pages at
http: // cstoo ls.asme.org as th ey are issued .

ASME i5 the reg-istered trade rnark of The Americ<ln Society of Mechanic.al Engio"t' rs

This <ode or stan dard was developed under pro(edures ac((ediled as mee ting the ( riteria for Ame rican Nallonal
Sta ndards. The Standa lds Comm ill ee Ihal app roved Ihe code or slandard was balanced IO assure :hal individuals from
compe!ent and (oncerned InlereMs have had an opponunity [o partidpa le. The proposed (ode or o:,landard was made
avai lable fo r public revi ew and commen! tha! provides an opportunity for additiona[ public in put from indusl ry. academia,
regulalory agendes, an d the public-at·l<Hge.
ASME doe s no! "app ro ve," ··rate"· or "endorse" any llem, constrUClion, propri eLary device, or activlty.
ASME does noi take any po sition with re specl to Ihe validlty of any patenl righl s asse rted in connecli on wittT any
items mention ed in Ihi s documento and does noI undertake to insure anyone utilizing a s(anda rd againsl liability for
infringement of any appll<a b!e letters patent. nor assumes any su;:h Iiability. Usees of a code or slandard are express\y
advised (hat delermina tion of Ihe validity of any 5uch patent rights , an d the risk of infri ngement of such rlght s, i50
enti(ely Ihei r own responsibility.
Participalion by federa i agc ney represenlalive(s) o' pe rson (s) affilialed with ind usrry i50 nol lo be inl erpre ted as
govern me nl or industry endor5oemen l of Ihis code or 5olanda rd.
ASME accepts res ponsibility for only Inose intc rpretat ions of !his doc:ument issued in accordanee with the establisned
ASME procedures and pol icies, whic h prec ludes lh e issuance of inte rprela lio ns by in di ... id~ à i s.

No part of Ihis documenl may be re produced in any form,

in an elee({onic reHieval 50ystem or othe-wi se.

withoul Ihe prior w(iUen perm ission of tne pub lisher.

The American Socie ty of Mech"Jr1ìca\ Engineers

Th re e Park Avenue. New York, NY l0016·S 990

Co pyright O 2011 by

THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF M ~Gl ANICAL ENGIN EERS

Ali RighlS Reserved

Primed i'l U.5.A.

"

 CONTENTS

Forevvord
C0 rnmittee r~oster v
CO rrespondence With the Steel Stacks Com mittee . vi
Int rnducti0 rt \'ii
1 Mechanical Design _.
2 Materials . 4

3 Linings and Coatings 7

4 Structural Design. 12
5 Dynamic Wìnd loads ... ...... . , 20
6 Access and Safety . 23
7 Eleetrical. ................ . 29

8 fabricatìon and Erection .. 29

9 Inspectlon and Maintenance 31
10 References. 33
Figures
6.2.6-1 EXilmple (l f the Generai Con s tru ct ion of Clges 24
6.2.6-2 Minimum Lé1dder C learances 25
6.3.6-1 Lél dd er Dimensions. 5upport Spacing, and Side C1earJnces 26
6.3.8-1 Landing PI~tform Dilnensions 27
Tables
4.4.11-1 Factors o f Safety lli
4.4.7-') Min.imum Fabricated Plate Thickness and MC\ xinlum Stiffener Spacing . 16
4.10.1.3-1 Cab!e Se lection Crit eria .... .... . 18
5.2.1.2 -1 Representative StruchJr" l Dtlmping Va lLLcs (f3~) 21

Mandato'Y Appendix
i Strl.lctu ra l Design 35
Nonmandatory Appendices
A Mec h(lnical Design 46
B M~t e rials for A!YIbi ent (Ind Elevated Temp erahm~ Scrvice . 60
C Lirlings aod Coatings .......... . 75
D S tl1J c hJral Design . .......... . 80
E Exarnple CaJcu latio n s ......... ......... ... . . 86
F Con\'e rsion Factol':-'; U.S. Custù mary to SI (Metl' ic) 95

jii

. , , , -, • r
 FOREWORD

!.Il earl y 1973, the Ameri can Soci e ty of Mechanical Engineers \-va s a ppro<1ched by .il gro up
interested in fo rrn ulating a stand é'lrd for the desig n, fabri Cé1tion, and e rec li o n o f steel slacks and
their appurtena.n ces. The y felt thcre \\/1'1 5 a need fo r s uch a code to es til bJ.ish a better level of
s tan d ard izéltion in ~h e indu stry and for sélfeguarding th e community. Because of the particular
n<l Nre of stacks and the ir su sceptibili ty to fa ilures due to \ \'i"d a nd seismic-induced vibrations,
<llong w ith corrosioll a nd erosion, the desig n process lS a com p lex one. Additio na ll y, recen t
reg uJé'l ti on s by tlìe EnvirOLUlI ent<l 1 Pro tect ion Agen cy conce rning emi ss io ns ha ve placed él stro ng
emph<l s is on the mech,miell] desig n af s tacks. In the last several decndes, mueh research ha s been
done and m an y p apers \Vr itte ll o n the subject. W hile investig.Jtion au d research continu ed. it
was the fee ling o f th ese persoJls that so m e formai gui de lin cs nceded lo be es tablished. There lore,
in Apri i ( l f 1979, a gl'oup eomposc d o f s t,K k users, rescarchers. d es ig ners, fabri ca tol's, a nd erectors
co n\'ened (lt the Unit E'd Engineering Cen te r in New York City und e l' the auspic e~ o f Ih<: Amerjean
Socjet)' o f MechtmicaJ Eng in eers to form ulate su ch a code.
With the abo ve in min d, thc group s ubdi v ided a nd begclll g ather ing info rmatio n to fo rmu.l a te
guiclclin es fo r m ech nnical d es ig n, ma teri,d selec ti o n. the use of linings and eOntings, s tnJ crura l
d esign.. vibrat io n eonsiderati 0 lls.. aCcess (lnd sa fe ty. e lec tri cal requirem e nts. and fabricati o n <l nd
C0nstrucho ll . When these were e:; tab!is hed, a secti011 0n m aintenance and ill spec tion was add ed.
Th e follow ing is CI res ult af their wor k and in vestigati on. Th e inHi(l1 docume nt \Vas a p proved a5
an Ame rican T\la ti onCl I Sta ndélTd in Augu st ]986 ,md publi shed as ASME/ ANSI STS-I-1986 in
M ay 1988.
During th e next 3 y l~ th e co mmittce received co mments (rom th e pllbli c at I<u'ge all d fro111 its
own m Cllìbership regn rd ing th e Sta nd ard's co nt e nt o Seve(l' J fo1'1n1..\la5 need ed correcti on, a nd
,.,ome of th e symbols needed clnr iJi citli on. Section 6.3.3 regnl'ding Earthq l.H, ke Rt'spunse was a lso
reviewed and rev ised to <!lIm>\' for stat ic rather than d y namlc anal ys i5 in cen a in cases and to
correlate it w ith ASCE s m-7-88 (femnerl y A;'\'SI .'\58-1). These changes we re th en submitted to
l'he gene réll membc rship a nd élpproved .
In 1994, the committee 'o"aS reorganized to furth er revlew and upd élte this stee l stae k Sta.ndard.
Em p hasis was given to the Struchtra l Desig n and Vibrations eha pt ers . Ch<lpter 4, "S tn.\Chnill
Desjg n," w as relA' ritten to be m Ore compa tible wlth the no men cl<l ture, fOTnllùile, élnd syUlbo ls
used in the Manuéll o f Stcel Construe tion - All ow abl e Stress De sign (AS D), 9th Editi on a nd
Load and Res ista nee Factor Des ig n (LRFD), 1st Editio ll . C hapter 5, " Vib rations, " was rev ised tu
be 1110re "U5er iriend ly." These an d ot he r chJptcrs were u pda ted lo incl ude th e la tes t recognized
a pp licable codes and s tCl ndards .
The 2006 editio.n included ehanges an d ill1 p rovements to the En viro runental Pro leetioll Agenc]'
regu lat io n co ncerning e m issitm 5 that ha\'e c reated a strong e mphas is ()Il the m e<.'hCl nieCl I des ign
o f stee! stac ks, made necess(l ry changes fo und thro ug h pra clieal ex pe ri ence wilh the prev ious
edition, ex p nnded formula ::. as necessary. and prov ided bo th revised alld ne'o'" sections fo r s tee l
~ tack desi gn, fi'l briea tion, an d e reeti u n. Ir revised seelion:; on appurten<l l1ee:. to l'neet tod ay's
reql1iremenl s fo r these item::.. A ne ",· sec ti o n provid ed the fL! nd Clmental cOlleepts fo r guyed st(lc ks.
Re vi sions to Ih e scc ti on on the ph ysica l p ro pe rties 01 st ccl CII ~ I eva ted temp era tu res were m ad <?
to match infonnation available through .1 cornprehensive re\'iew o t eurrent tech nka l '-i terilture.
Sec tio ns on vibrati011 incl uded rnin0T ch a nges b u t yielded a 111(l1'e w o rkable sta ndard . Abo, a
d e tail ed c>.. ample wa,., in cl uded to pro vidl' a m e tho d for determ in ing th e ma g nitud c oCaC rOSS
w ind loads. O ne method was in d uded t0 ad dre5s fClt igue due to \'ibra ti on . Fatigue can bt:: a
significant issue in steel stack d esig n ,m d needs to be cons id ered in th e d esign. Meth ods to
de tennine ac ross ",' ind Joad a nd seis mie lo ads were p ro\' ided in the Ilo nm <l nd a tory appendiees.
If fatigue requi res clo;,e examin(lt ion, the enRineer is eCl ut io l\t'd to re view thi s iss ue w ith o ther
d esig n s t<l ndards if necessary. There are seve r<l l !>tandards am o ng the lll that can be he ll'hl! : AISC,
CIC IN D. or ASME.
The la !;; t sta ndard was apl' rov ed as an Am e rica n National Stéllldud on March 21 , 2U06 and
reiss ued as STS-1-2006. Th is revised s tanda rcl w as élpproved a s an A m e rica n Nati o nal StaJl drUd
o n Mélrch 11, :20 11 .

iv

. I _ . ~
 ASME STS COMMITTEE
Steel Stacks
(Th e fo \l owi ng is th e rost er of the Comm itte e al the lime of approvai of this Standa rd.)

STANDARDS COMMITTEE OFFICERS

J. C. Sowi zal, Chair
W. C. RosencuUer, Vice Chair
L. T. Powers, SecretQly

STANOAROS COMMITIEE PERSONNEL

A. K. Bhowmik. Hamon Custodis S. L Re id. Alternate. Ind ust ri ai Environmen t Systems, Ine.
K. Scott, Alternate. Harnon Cu stod is lo L Rodrigues, Ivan u ppi Eng. Associados
J. J. Carty, R 2nd P Industriai Chimney Co. W. C. Rosencutter, Meca Enterprises. Ine.
M. ,. Gault, Consultant R. Rull. ILI Indu stria Comercio E ServJ{os lIda.
R. K. Simonetti, Worley Parso ns
D. C. Mattes, Hoffmimn, Ine.
R. L Schneider, A/remore, Worley Pa rSOIlS
A. C. Olson, Wolf MHS/Hoffmann, Ine . R. S. Stay, Warren Envi ron ment. Ine.
T. Oswald, Jr., Sauereisen Co. ]. C. Sowizal, Industria i Chhwley Engineeri ng Co.
l. T. Powers. Th e Amerlcan Society o f Mec.hallica l Engilleers l. A. Yadav, Consl. ltant
C. B. Reid, Indu stria i Environment Sys tems, Ine. N. Zarrabi, Assoe. Erlgin eeri ng Resou rces, Ine.

,, I
 CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE STEEl STACKS

COMMITTEE

GeneraI. ASME Standard s ,m.' d eveloped and maintélincd w ith the intent to reprC5cn t th e
con sensus o f concerned interests. As sllch, users of thi s Sta ndil rd ma)' in ter<\Ct with the Committee
by reques ting interp reta ti 0llS, pr0posing rev isions. and attend ing C0mmittee mee tings. C0rre ­
spolldence should be <1ddressed t0:
Secretr1rY. Steel Stacks Standards Co mmi ttee
The Am e rican Society of Mechiln ica l Eng in(;'crs
Three Park Ave nue
New York, NY 10010-5990
http://go.asllle.org/lnquiry

Proposing Revisions. Rev is ions are made period ica ll y to th eStee l Stacks Standòrd to m c...orporate
change:; that a ppenr necessary o r des irable, as d e mollstréHed by the expe rie nce ga ined trom the
applicat ion of the Standard . A pproved re\' is ions w ill be publ ished periodicaUy.
The Comm it tee wekomes pro posa ls for rev isions to this Sta ndard . Such pro posals shou..ld be
1'1:5 specific ilS possib le, citi.ng the pilfilgraph num ber(s), the proposed wording, and a detai led
clescription of the reasons for th e pro posai s, inclu cling i'lny pe rtinent documenti'ltion.
Interpretations. Up Cll1 reg ues t, the Committee will render an i.nterpretiltion (lf i'lJ\)' reguirement
o ( th e Sta ndMd. Inter pretal"iClns «111 only be rend e..recl in re5 pon~e to a wril"ten reguest sent to thc
Secreti'lxy of the Stee l Sti'l cks Sté\11dards Committee.
The req uest for inte rpretation shou ld be dear and uni'lmbiguous. lt is furth e r recommended
th at the inguirer 5ubmit his req uest in the fo ll ow ing format:
SubJect: Cite the ilpp li cab le pa ragraph nu mbe r{s) and co ncise d esc npti on .
Edihon: Ci te th/.;.' a ppljci'lble ed il ion of the Sta nda rd fo r w hich !he inte rpre ta tion i;:,
bcing !"eglles!ed.
Quest ion: Ph.rose the questio n ilS CI request for an i.n te rpretation o f a spec ifi c rcguirement
su iti'l bl e for generai undcrsta nding ancl lise, not ilS il rcg uest fo r an app rovai
ot a proprie tary design or Sit"uflti on. The inquirer m ay i'l lso inclucle any pian::>
or drawings, which are necessa ry tn explain the questioll; however, they
sholllct not contain propr ietary n ame5 or inform ation.
Reque5 ts th al Me nOi i.n this forma t wi ll be re w ritten in th is formZlt by thc Committee prior
to being i'l nswe red , w h ich may inad\'c rten tly cha nge the inte nt 01 the a n gi na I request.
AS1VlE proced ures p ro\·i d e fo r reconsiderMio n o f Zl ny interpreta ti on when or If add iti onal
in forma ti oll thal m igh t a ftect an interpre ltlt i()U is avai lable. Fu rtheJ, pe rs0 ns agg rieved by a n
interpretation may él p peClI to the cogniza nt ASM E Committee or Subcomm.i ttee. ASlvlE d oes not
"ap prove," "certify," "ra te," or "enelorse" any iteJn, construc tiol1 , proprie tcH"y clev ice, or ilctivity.
Attendìng Commìttee Meetings. The Steel Stacb Standa rds Corrunittee re~darly holds rn eet­
ings, which are op ell to thc public. Persons wishing to attend ~l1ly mee tin g sho uld contact th e
Secretary of the Stecl Sta cks Standard s COlJun ittee.

vi

'. I ­
. ,
 INTRODUCTION

The follmvin g St,md ,i rd app lies t0 steel stClcksi Le., those stacks whe re th e primary supporting
she ll is made DE ste el. Il ap plies to both sin gle· and rnultiple-walled s teel s tacks, either ot . . vhich
cC\ n be lined or unUn ed. Il (lIso applies to stee l s té'lcks thClt <I!"e guy ed or to certain aspccts of tower
$félc ks. The stack O1ily be s upported on " f('llllldil ti on or from an other stn.lcture.
Thi s Sta nda rd covers ma ny facets of thc des ig n of steel stacks. Jt o utliJl es the considerati on
t'ha t mus t ocmade (o r both the mech anjca l a ll d stl1.1c tura l desig n. It c mph as izes \o" hatco nsider;lti on
mllst be taken for \-'Iind- and seism ic-ind uced v ibra ti ons. It gi ves gu id elines for the selecti on of
material, lin iog s, ...nd coa tings. It gives the requi.remen ts for Iighting and lig htning p rotecti on
based llpon cx isting bu ilding and fed era i codes. It gives th e req llirem ents tor c1 im bing and
access based u pon Cllrrellt Occ upation a l Safe ty Cl nd Health Adrnini st ra ti on (OSHA) sttlndards. It
emp hasizes th e imp ort i'l nt areas regaTdin g fabricaticlO and cons tTll cti nn. It outJi.nes area s requiring
maintenance and inspectio n following i.niti al L1peration.
Altho ugh many o f the topics within th ese ~1ide lines may be used for a li st<ì cks, this Standilrd
is i.ntended to provid e desig n guide lines [o r s tacks conta in rng non fl i'lmmable gases, ::-llCh ns
(ombu!> ti on C'xhaus t gases at low in te rna i pressures. For stac ks cOllt a illjn g combust ib le gases
lInde r pres5ure, such as flare s tacks and flam m <lble ve nts, add iti on<l l desig n consid era ti ons must
be address€d , includ ing design for inte rna i press ure, design f('lr intl,>ma l deflagrat io n pR'~!:. ure,
and compatibility with adjo ining piping d esig n thal is in acc o rdance w ith piping and /or vessel
dcslgn eod es, suc h i'lS ASME 631.3 and Section VIII af the AS:vlE Goil cr i'lnd Pressure \fesse I Code
(SPVC). In addition, th e materials of eons tructio n referenced in thi s Stand;ud may not be a!lowect
far use with flf\mmab le ga ses und er press Llfe per ASME 631.3 and Sec tian Vlll of th e ASM E
6PVC; materia ls suit<'\b le for pressure cn nta inrnt:'nt of ilammable gases are Iisted in th ese cndes.
No atternp! is mi'lde within this Standard to d efine the need or the methods to be l1 sed to eonside r
these additio!la ) d e:::;ig n co ns idera ti ons.
p rinciples utili zi ng $ta te·o f-Ul e-art in,fo nna ti ol1. H is inte nded tO I" generai info rm a tioll . Wh il e
€very eEfort ha s been m <l de to en su re its acc ura cy, the infonn at ion shou ld nol be rc!ied upon for
;:my speciEc app licntio n without the conslI lta tioll ai a eompetent. liccll sed professional e ng inccr
to dE'term ine its suitabi lity. It is th cretore reeomrn ended that Engineeri ng/Design drawLngs of
thc staek bef\ r th e Profc5sianal Enginee r Seal, signature, and df\te.
Nothing in the Standard shall be eons trued to alter or subverl the req uirements of an)' cx is ting
code or authorH y having jurisd ieti on O\' e r the facili ty. Fur thcnn ore, ('I Itemate meth ods and ma ter i­
a l5 to tha se he re ìn indieated ITI <ly be used , p«lv ided that the engineer ca n dern ons trf\te their
5uitabi lit y to <I II affected agenc ies a nd author it ies.

v ii

I,
 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

\' !li

t ::: I • [' l' • . -I '

 A5ME 5T5'1 - 20 11
STEEL STACKS
1 MECHANICAL DESIGN
1.1 Scope
Mechani ca! d esign ;ncl udes sizing of the gas passage,
both in di<'lrn e ter é1nd height, and the drop in ga s telnper ­
ature as he,lt is transter rcd through the s tac k wal1. Me th­
ods for G1lcul (1 lin g dmft, draft losses, <'Ind hea t \osses
are giv en. Oifferen lial expansion of stack compo nen ts
is di sc Llssed . Des ign consìderations for stac k t1ppu rte­
nances Me es tab!!shed .
1.2 Generai
The purpose o f (I s t<'lck is to vt.'nt process eX hcl l1s t g<lSft5
to the <l hn ùsphe re. Th c ml'chan ica l des ign ùi s taeks i ~
now eontro lled in part by ai.r pollutìon rul es i"l nd regu la­
ti ons. He ig ht ::i a nd diamete rs are se t b y a ba liHlcc
between s truetural stability ,md functi Ol1, whi lc a t the
~ame time meeting the requirem ents f('lr Cì ir po llution
control disp e rsion 01 the gases to th e a tmosp here. The
helghts ('I i s teel 5tacks h<ìve increased tn sa tis fy a mbient
air qu a lil y, i'lnd s tack inlet gas t e mp e ri'l lur es h,we
decreased i'l5 more hC<ìt energy is recol/e red. Th e impor­
[<ln ce of a tte nti o n to s tack heat losses h as th e rcfo re
increascd. Stack minimum meta I te mpe ra turc~ h o uld be
held <'Ibov<.' the aeid de"" po int of the vented gases, if
possib le. Sti'lcks <'I re being des igned wit.h ma n y a pp ur te­
n anccs to monHor the gases and ma ke stac k i.ns- pec lio ns.
1.3 Size Selection (Height, Diameter, and Shape)
1.3.1 Height. Stack height may be set by one or
m ore factors.
(a) Env ironmental Protection Agency (EPA) reguIa­
bons m ay se t the reql1ired stack height f(\[ d(lwmvash
due lo loca l terrClin or adjacent sl"ructures or to d isperse
poll u ta nts !lt !l miJli l\lu~n he ig ht above the sit e. Re fer
p ro po$ed s tack locali on and purposes lo the pro pe r EPA
Cl ulho ril ies fo r the mini.mum hei g hl req uire ment lI nder
cont ro lling air pollutio n (ont rol regulat io ns. See Federai
regis te r par t Il , ErA 40CFR, par t 51, S tac k H ejght
Regll iot ion (J lIly 8, 1985).
(b) lll e NationaJ Fire Proteetio!l A~soc i a tion (NFPA)
se ts miniml101 height of hìg h-te mperi'lture stacks <ìbove
build in g roofs (lnd strueture6 inr fir e pro tection and
hLUn~n safety. Local cod es M e oft e n m Ore s tringent and
must be followed. A minim um of 8 ft of height abo ve
Cl roo( su rface or roof-m ou.nted stru cture "vithin 25 ft DI"
a s tack e mi tt ing gat>es above 200°F «nOC) shoul d be
maint,l ined .
, .0'" , ro d I l '
(e ) TIle d ra ft req uireme n t of the process to be ve nt ed
may estabHsh stack he igh t. Formu las to ca kulal e avai l·
able draft are presented in s ubsequen t paragraphs.
(d) The effecti ve heig ht o( a stac k conside ri.ng p iu me
rise Jnay be incre<lsftd by lns t<l lling a nozzle o r tru ncatcd
c(me at the top to in c r eas~ the exit velocity o( th<.' ga:;e5.
Several plwne rise forrl"1 ul as a re (lvaihlble, but fn <'Ictua l
practice, plu me ri se C<ln be essentially negated by hi g h
wìnd velociti es, low tempcrahues, and si te con d itio ns.
1.3.2 Diamete rs. Th e stack diameter m.,lY be ~t:! 1 by
one or more (ae tors ,
(a) Gas pass<1ge d ia mcter is u suall y estab li shed by
the \'o lume a f proccss g<'l:; f1 0w ing and i'I\'a il <lb le d rait
(nn tural dra H m lnu s d ra ft losses). Velocities in a rou nd
s tac k bel\'\'ee n 2,400 ft / min and 3,600 ft / mi n <'Ire mos l
common . Sta cks ve nting sa lura ted ga ses so me ti mes
limi t m ax imu rn stae k veloci ties between 1,800 h / m in
and 2,400 ft /min to reduce en trained or condensed mois­
ture from lei'l\·i.ng the s tack cxi t. Tests by EPRI give ditter­
ent ran ge::. for E'Reh type l'f iImEr surface (see EPRl We t
Stack Design Gllid e TR-107099- J 996).
(v) Stack shell diamE'ters m<ìy be controlled by trans­
portellion sh ip pi.ng li.mitations. Caution Sh Oll!d be t<'l ke n
to e nSlire th a t mechao icaJ performance élnd s lru ctllral
stabiJit y <'Ire ma intai ned .
(e) St ruch.lral Sl(\bility may contro l a stac k s he ll d ia m­
ete r selec ti on, a nd therefore, any s ize selectio n bi'lsed on
mech<ì nìca l crite ria mus t be maintained as te nt a ri ve un til
a stlU ctural an(l lys is ean eon firm its aeceptabilit y.
(d) Future i.ncreases i.n stack ga s volume shu uld be
considered (\ 5 well as futu re chc1nges in pr oc e~ s gas lem­
pc r<ì tu res a nd gas quality in the diame ter setecti on.
(e) ErA regu l<ì ti ons may set s t<ì ck ex it di Rmeter
beeause of pIume ri se consìderations . ErA reql1irements
h ave som e ti.mes set st Clck diameters i.n th e tes t zone to
p rov ide 0pt imum ve locities for testi ng.
1.3.3 Shape. The s ha pe o f the st;lck vm ies w ith
dftsigne rs' prefe rences.
(a) Stclc ks genero ll y <Ire cy lind ric<'l l in sha pe for e Hi­
denc)' in st"ru ctura l stnbility and economy in fClbr i c~ ti o n .
Cylindri c11 1sh<1pe:; m<1y vary i.n dii'lmeter th rougholl t the
height o f th e s tJck; however, diam e te r changes shall
occur ,lI (In ang le not exceeding 30 d eg from th e vertica!.
fI)} O ther geometrica I shapes, such i'lS octagonal, tri­
anguh:rr, e tc., must be consìdered s pec ii'l\ and part icul<ìr
attenl lon g iven to dynamic stabi!i ty ,15 wel l a~ mecha.ni­
ca l de!'ig n , Unu su al shapes for aes thetic appear ance
$hou ld be t ..eated bo th structura lly <l nd mecha njca ll y as
" ,
 ASME 5T5-1-2011

Un1l511<1 1 ~nd b ~s i c engin eering design standards shoul d (d) T0t.1 1055
be fo llowed.
FL 1c,ti11 = FL,." + FLf + FL'.. wa ter gage,
l in. (l-5)
1.4 Available Dralt
Th e rlvnilable draft \vithout fan Jssistance equ als the Co nsidcrCl ti on shou ld be given to the possible gas
n~turaJ dra.ft m inus d r~ ft losses . expr1nsion or co mpression draft loss in largc m unusu ­
~ ll y 5h~ped e nt r ~nces. Con s id e ration should also be
1.4.1 Na tura! Oraft. The approxima te natl1 r ~ l dfaft g·i\'en to st,lck draft losses caLi see! by stack-mollnted
of CIstack is cakl1la ted from the fo llo\-ving eq uation: sOLme! Clttenll<\tors, stack dam pers, 0r stack caps.

D·~v = 7.57 Hf. t~

/ I
- h l30
I D (Hl 1.4.3 App roximate Stack Oraft Losses and Size. See
No nm clndélt ory Append ix A, Figs. A-lO through A-J3.
whe re 1.5 Heat Loss (See Nonmandatory Appendix A,
B barome h·ic press ure - mcrcury absolute. in. fig•. A-2 Through A·9)
DR" stClck natu ral d ratt - water gage. in .
HE stack heigh t above cente rline in leI. ft 1.5.1 Ambient Conditions. Sincc th e hea t Loss
TA absolu te tempera ture o f atmosphe re. oR th rough the wa ll s o f a s tack va ri es w ith a mbien t cond i­
ilverage absol ut e tempera tu re of gi\ S, oR tions, it is ne-cessa ry to establish the des ired des ign crite­
Te
riél. Th e low é\ mbie nt tempe ratLUc C'xpl'ctee! sho ul d be
Oifie rences in gas ab~olll t e d~'nsi t y du c to composi ti on s pccificd. a:. well as an average no rmill wi nd speed .
<md moi~turt, have been neglected.
1. 5. 2 Insulation and Linings. lns u léltion all d l.in.ings
1.4.2 Oraft Losses. Stack draft losses ore entran ee, affect total heélt loss.
frict inn, and exit losses. Ora ft losses are calculClted {rom ((/) JnSll lation is é1ppli ed to Qute r sllrface 01 the s t ~ck
th e followi.ng formlllél: Or bctwccn the shelJ s of a dual wa ll st"ck. A thickncss
(a) Entrance loss is se leeted to red uce the ~t a c k heél t loss to the d esi red
le\'c l (lr to pmv id e a maximum s tr1ck exter io r s urf~ce
Ft,." = 0.003 KdV 2 (1 -2)
tem p err1 ture .lnsuliltion shoul d be se lected for the maxi ­
(b ) Friction loss mum te mperature to which i t wil.l be exposed. Insu la.tion
shoul d be held to the stack sheU as recommended by
th e inSlllntion manufach.lrer fm th e job condi tions. Wh en
2.7/, /RE\ (Wl'
FL) ~ IJ (F) (TJ \,1 1""""'
DI 10='
I
(1-3) thickn esses over 1 ~ in. are llscd. tw o lr1ye rs shou ld be
speci.f:ied 50 that joints can be s tagge red. An appropriélte
(c) Exi t 1055 outer surface 'vveather protec ti on shou ld be spec ifi ed for
ex ternaJ ap p Licd insulation . Meta l lagging should be
secu red wi th m etal ba n ds on m<lximu.m 24 -i l1. cen ters .
(H)
(b) Stack linings are used fm either h e ~t 1055 reduc­
lion, a5 a protective coatin g, or both. A thickn ess 15
w he re selec ted fo r the job con d iti ons. Speòfy a se r\'ice temper­
B baI(lmet ric pressu re - mereury abS(l!utl:." in. ature range. Lin ing rei n(lrci ng and altachme nts to stack
D; inside d iam ele r(s) o( stack sect io n, ft 5hell sho uld be per manufac ture r 's recommendat ion.
D, inside d iamele r of s tack a t ou tl et, ft (c) Stac k surface cladd ing. eithe r inte rna i or exte m al.
d gas d CllSity. Ib / ftJ w ill élffec t hea t loss él nd sho ul d be considered in hea t
F fricti on (cl eto r bi\sed () Il Rey n o ld s number IOS5 ca lcula tio ns.
(~ee Fi g. A-l in Non mCl ndato ry Appe nd ix A)
1.5 .3 Film Coefficients. Inte m a l and cx ternal film
FLrx s tack exit los5 - 'v,·ater gage. in.
coe ffi cients Cl ffec t hea t loss.
FL,,01 s tack en tranee !0SS - water g()ge, in.
(a) The intern aI s tac k s ur facc fùm coefficie nt \'ar ies
FLi s tack fricti on Joss - water gage. in.
HE s tack height élbove cen tcrl in e of i..nlet, ft wlth gas velocity, gas temperatu re. s taek d iamete r, a nd
K b rccching in le t angle fac to r (see sllrfr1ce roughness. The eflee t o f bot h max imu m and
Norunandatory Appendix A, Tablc A-l) m i.nim ll m gas f)ow velocity on film c(le tfici ent s s!wuld
T~ ~"I\' e r élge élbso llltp tr.mpcr2tture of gas, oR
be slue! ied in heél t loss c~1c111a.ti o n s. There(ore, the range
V g~s vclocity at inlct, ft /sec
of expected gr1S now should be specified.
(I)) The ex tem Cl l s tack s llr face film coeHicienl varies
W mass no\>\' rate of gas, lb/ h r
with ambient win d sp eed and s tac k diameter. A wind
speed of 15 mph 15 sliggested for es t<lb li shing li maxi­
The !;)tal of th e cél1cu l ~ted hls:;e:- co mprises the total m1l111 heat 1055 un less iield da ta cCln prove high er or
s ta.ck dr~ft 105:;. lowcr avcrage \'cl ocities.

., . , I !
 ASME 515-1 - 20 11

1.5.4 Heat Loss Calculations. Heat !OS5 th rnugh th e sholl id be we lJ clrClined and oi a shape to p re ven t solicls
wall (s) o f ,1 s tack can be calClùa tecl with the followin g bllildup.
fo rm uJéI : (b) Since ambie nt (l ir ..vi nds w iU enter th l? top of the
s té\.c k, es pecially a t low stack flo w \'elocitie1', ,md hence
Heat tran sferrecl throug h the stack !,.\'a ll Cdu se low ex it me tal te mp e ra tures, s ome prov is io ll
Q = LI x A x I, (1-6)
shou ld be Inade to redu ce the res ult ing top-of-s tack cor ­
wsì ('ln pwbl ems. The top of the stac k may be fab ricated
H e~ 1 loss in flowing ga s ellte ring vcrSllS leaving of co rrosion · res is ting allo)'s or éI tnm cated discharg e
cone util jzed to increa se stack ex it vel oc iti es.
Q = W x Cj' x 'S (1- 7)
1.6 Thermal Expansion
Combi nin g eqs, (1-6) an d (1-7)
Differenti al expansiolì be tw een compoJll:,nts of a s ta ck
( 1-8) should bI:.' carefu ll y sh.ld ied in area s to in clude
(Il) be twee n ex ternal and inte rna i shells of CI dual wal l

'I" + I~I) or mul titlue s tùck

I, =
(- -2- ' - I jllll, (1-9)
(b) at breec hing openi ngs
(e) a t tes t ancl in str ument ports
(l'IO) hO at test platfonn, cat wal k, and ladd e r attachme nt
brélcke t5
U x :'\ x - -(
! ~ I "' ' 0 \11 \
2 -) - t~"", (l') a t bui.lding braces a nd guid e IlIgs
(f) at m o f nash ing and counter nashin g
= W X C" x (1", - 10,,1) (I -li ) (g) at stack to ps an d trulìcatcd ca ne
(Ii) betwee n stac k s he Us and ex terné\.J in su lat io n
l 1 1 1 1 l
- = - + - ... - ... -~ ­ (1-1 2) (j) al we ld joints be h·veen dissimilar m e ti\1s
ti h, /t.1 Il,,,, li} il,.

H ea l 10 5S through the stack wall secti on 1. 7 Appurtenances

Att achm e,nts to a s tack may incl ud e the follow in g:
Q/ A =U x L (1-13)
(~ !.i Access doors of an ap prop ria te s ize shoul d be
loc ated for access to inspect thc. insid e bott.om base of
Hea t 1055 th ro ug h eclCh comp one nt of the st ack wall
the stack a nd éIt o th e r :-.dected loc<l tio ns for m-spection
section
élnd maintenance.
Q / A = Il X III (1-14) (lJ) Fcl lse bottoms locat ed just below th e lo we r stac k
inl e t are recol1unend ed.
w he re
(e) Dr a in s in false bott o m s and / or fo und a ti ons
A stack mean s ur face a rea, ft 2
s ho uld be in s tall ed lo d irec t water a .....·ay from the stack
Cv = specific hea t pf ~a s, Btu / lb, °F
base and ancl1 0r bolts .
h'l = ùirspace coeffic ient Bh.I / hr- ft=, "F
(ci) Test and in::.trumcn t porls shoul d be locé\. ted and
Il, interna i film coefficicn t 8 tu / hr-ft::', °F
"i lzed fa r eac h s pec inc applica tion.
Il: 115 ins ul a ti on coeffici ent Btu / hr-ft 2, °F
re) C0ns ider<ltion sh o uld be g iv en to pr ov id ing
Linjng coeff icienl 8 tl.l / hr-ft 2, °F

"I
lo, ex tema! film coeft icicnt Btu/hr-ft2, °F
inspection por ts spaced approp ri ntely over the height
01 the stack.
I, = gas tempera ture e nt ering minLl s gas H.'lnpera ­ (j) An access ladder and test p lMform s s hou ld be
tu re leaving, °F se lected for job conditi ons with the req u.ired size of th e
h = temp erature drop throll gh the 11 comp(ment ()f test pla tfonn s in the "vidth speci fied .
th e stac k wall, °F (g) A paint.e r 's track él ncl trolley may be spec ifi ed un
l, ave rélge gas temperature minus am bienl tem­ pain ted stacks. Ii test pl ~,tfo rm 5 and lighti.ng acce 55 p la t­
pera ture, CF
form ::; tlre spec ifiecl, consicl erat ion should be gi vcn to
U overilll he"t trCl ns fe r coeHicien l
th e use a nd loc a tioll af mult iple pain ter's trolleys a.nd
W gas flow, lb /hr
tr(l cles. See sec tion 6,
1.5, 5 Other Heat Loss Considerations That Affe ct (II) Ligh ting reqllire lllc nts are es tablished by Fed erai
Minimum Metal Temperatures Av ia ti on Aclmini slratio ll (FAA) directi ves. Access plat·
(ti ) When ga ses e nter a stack above Ihe base, consicler­ {o ml s lo service lig hts a re \'ecommend ed fa r cCi rrosion­
dtion shoul d be g iven to the ll se o f " fa lse bottam to res istrtn t construction. See sec tions 6 ,md 7.
p reve nt ga ~ tempe l'cì tures bel ow the d e w p(J ilìt in th c (j) R<l in Cé'lpS are genera lJy not re<]u ired O!l fu ll -tinl e
na nac tiy e lower p a rt of thc ~t ack. Thi~ fa lse' bottom active st"acks. When speci fied , ZI d ia meter of two till1 es

,c, . Jl., Il
 ASME $TS-t-2011
the s tack ct iameter and a detU height of one s tilck ct i<Hllt'·
te r is recomn1ended.
(j) St8ck .spa rk-arresting se reen s o f s tain less ~ t ee l
material a minimum of two s til ck diilmeters high m 8y
be spec ified when needed.
(k) Metal stacks require no Iig htning pro tec ti on o ther
t.hòn proper grounding at th e bòse per NFPA req uire­
m enls. See section 7.
(I) Stack internal shutoff damp e rs and s t òck cò p
dampers demand special consid e rilti o n wh e n specified.
(m) Straightening vzme s lo dis tribute flovving gas for
e ffech \"(;~ lesling ShOllld be spec ifi ed i\S required.
III) Splitter baffles cHe sometimes L\sed when two
stack inle ts en te r the stack npposite eCleh n th er tt' reduce
bac k pressure in the event thClt isolClt ion dampers are
not used .
(o) Gin p o le or dav it IHts are some ti.m es spec i.fi ed fa r
ho i~ tin g instruments lo !he tes t plat(o n n.
(l') Top-of- s lac k roofs for multiple flu e s ta cks ;md
dual \o vali slaeks shou ld provid e proper weathe r pro lee­
l io11 f()r the inside su rfaces, w hile cll the .sa m e tim c pro­
"id ing for expect{;d differcn ti al ex pan sion between f1u es
and th e stack outer shel\. Considera ti ol1 shOLlld be given
lo the effect of the bllildup or (lsh on any flat surfaces.
(il) NOlse po!luti on co ntr o l may require ClcoustiC<11
sllppressing s01..ll1d <'Itten1..1ators within t!le s tack.
1.8 Mechanical Seclion Symbols
A stack m ea n sudace <'I re", in.2
B bC'lfomelri c press1..Ire - m erc1..\ry abso lute, in.
C, specific heat of gas Btu/lb, cF
D, insid e diame ter (s) of s t?ock sec ti ons, ft
D, in sid e diame te r o ( stJck al o utlet, ft
DRN = :itack natu ra l draft - \·va tcr gage, in .
d dells ity 01 g~s, Ib / ft'
F fr ict ion (acto r b<l!'ed on Reyno ld s nwnbe r
FL,." s laek e ntran ee 1055 - wa ler gage, in .
FLr:, s tack ex it I05S - wéller gilge, in .
FL, stack (r ict ion 10 55 - v..·ate r gage, i.n.
H; stack height above ecnte rl.ine inlet, tt
o r ln dependent ve rificCl tio n of its sl.l.i tability.
Il.1 <lirspace coe ffi cient Btu/hr-fe, cF
h, inte rn<ll film coefficien t Btu/hr-it 2, '" F
hlll ,; in s ul ation coeffi cien t Bru/hr-fll , °F
h, lining coe ffi cien t Btu/hr-ft 2, °1"
ho ex te mé11 film coefficien t Btll/hr-fe, °F
K con s tanl for breec hing inl e t angle
T, <1bsol1..lte tempera ture of almosphere, oR
TG = <I\'erilge abso l1..\t e te mper8tUl"e of gas, oR
l, gas temperat·ure en tering minus gé1S temper(l ~
h..lfe lenving, °F
l" temperature drop thro ugh the Il C0mpont:'n t of
the s tae k wa ll
l, ave rage gCl S temperature minu s ilmbient tem­
pe rc.lture, °F
(e) Corros ion allowa nces shall be co ns id e red (typi.
li ('Ve ra ll heat tr an~ fe r coe ffic ien t
ca ll y ~ lo in . to 14 in .) whcrc carbon, hig h -st re ngth, low­
V = gas ve)oe ity al s tac k inlct, H/see
cl ll oy.. a nd a lloy ::-tct'1s a)"e used . Experience o r the results
W m ass fio\\' rate of gas, Ib / hr
o f tes ls s hou ld be used when selectin g cln allowance .
~<" , ~ 1; 1
1.9 Mechanical Sedion Definitions
nppllrlel1fll1Ces: slaek spec ia lt y d esig n ite m s <lpart from
shell ilnd strue tura l m e mbe r:..
cl!1ddlllg: thin metal ovc rl a id ove r th e base meta I m e tal ­
lurgieally and integral! y bonded to the bClse m eta\.
EPA: Environmcntal Protection Agency (rnay be FederaI,
State, or 10ca1) government regulatory Clllthority.
EPRI. Electric Pow er Reseél rch rn st ilut e.
false bOttOIIl: a eone or plilt e loca te d jllst belo\\' the
breeching opcning to preven t gases fr om e ntering the
lo\over sectian af stack.
NFPA: N atlon,,! Fire Proteclion Associa tion.
test zolle: section ('If stélck designed f("lf tes ting. The loca­
tio n of te st ports in re la ti ('lnship to ltpstream and dO\l/n­
st ream f1 0w patte rn d istu rbanees is we ll eioeumented in
Federai a nd Sta le a ir q Lla lit y n l1es a llei regulai io ns.
lruJlcaled COl I:': <I convc rg iJlg seeti o n reducing the e xit
d iameter 10eMed at th e to p o f th e sl aek .
2 MATERIALS
2.1 Scope
Materia! speci.fica ti olls are intended to cover ~ingle
or doubl e WJII ~ t ack.:; tha t a re frel;.' -~1 <1l1dil1g and se li­
supporting, guy or cab le su pported, or supported by
strucrura! s tee l bré'lces o r fr<1mcwork. Rcfcrcnc(' is made
to the 1975 ed iti on of Design and Construction of Steel
Chimn ey Liners, pllblished by the American Society of
Ci\·jl Engineers.
2.2 Malerials
The Ma te ria ls lis ted in the fo llowing sections are S1..lg­
gested fo r use based o n the ir ability to meet the physiea l,
m echan ical, c he mica l, and cJw irofim c ntaJ rcq ui.re m en ts
o f a gi\'en app lica ti o n. Acceptanee o f é\ materiaJ far il
spec ific a pp licélt ion mus t be based on service ex pe ric nc('
2.2.1 Generai Considerations
((/) Ma leria ls s ha ll confmm lo the applicCl ble require ­
m e nls in th e sec lions herein?ofter detZliled.
(Il) The contrClcto r shall subm it OHe C0py of the chemi­
c<'I l-co mp osition Jnd mechanicJI-properly mill tes t
repor ts fOi" ali steels lIsed to the owner for approvai pei o r
to construc ti o n lInless otll.erwise indicated.
(e) Wh en req uired for testing purposes, Ihe contractoj"
wiJJ furn ish th e own er with identified scré"1p sillllp]es o f
th e s he ll plJ!es.
(ti) Th.is ~ection d oe::; llot a pply to hnings and CO<l tings
o f s t ,~eks. See seetion 3.
"
 ASME STS-1-2011
2.2.2 SheU and Base Plates. Fur m0re inf0nnation
on this subject, see Tables B-1 through B-11 in
Nonmandatory Appendix B,
(11) Shell and bZlse plates typically may be of one or
more of the follm.ving structural guality matcriab:
(]) carbon steels conformLng to the ASTh1 A 36,
A 283, or A 529 Specifications
(2) high-strength, low-alloy steels conforming to
the ASTM A 2-12, A 572, or A 588 Specificatìons
(3) stainle~s :=,teeb confonning to the ASTM A 666
Specification
(4) stainless chromium-nickel steel ciad plate con­
forming to ASTM A 264 and nickel-base alloy c1ad steel
conforming to ASTM A 265 may be considered {or use
as shell plate
(5) metals listed in Materials Appendix (i.e.,
Nonmandatory Appendix 8), Table B-9 t1ì8y be uscd not
only cb sheet lining:-; and dadding but also as solid plate
for shell pia tes
(b) Pressure vessel guality carbon steels such as
AST1v1 A 285, A 515, and A 516; alloy steels such as
ASTM A 387; <md stainless steels sllch as ASTM A 240
mZly be substihlted for structllf<ll gllality materials 8S
appropriate.
(e) Carbon steels such ,15 ASTM A 516, Grade:-, 55
through 70 and 10w-aUoy steeIs such as ASTM A 517,
Grades A through T and ASTM A 537 are usually speci­
fied for ser\'ice temperatures as low as -50°F (-..J:6°C).
Nickel-containing alloy steels such as ASTi\1 A 203,
Grades A and Bare llSU<llly lIsed for ser\'ice tempera­
tures as Inw as -75"F (-59"C), and ASTM Grades D, E,
Zlnd Fare often llsed for service temperatures of -150°f
(-101 CC). Nickel-containing alloy steels and nickel sta.in­
less steels are used for even lower temperatures. Suppli­
ers of structural guality steels will provide data on notch
tougMCS!:> when ~pccified.
(d) Protection against corrosion and/or oxid<ltion
mdy be reguired on interior and/or exterior surfaces
depending on the materials L1tilized and the wnd.itions
encountered. Section 3 should be consLllted and utilized
as appropriate.
(e) Creep rupture tensilc streSSC$ for sustained load­
ing and high-temperature sen'ice conditions must be
considered as given i.n para. -1.4.8.
2.2.3 Stiffeners and Structural Braces and/or
Frameworl<
(a) Stiffeners tl.nd stmctural bmces and lor framewurk
typically may be nf one or more of the following
materials:
(1) carbon steels conforming to the ASTi'v1 A 36,
A 283, Of A 529 Spenfications
(2) high-strength, low-alloy steelc; conJoflning to
l'he ASTM A 242, A 572, or A 588 Specifications
(3) stainless steels confonning to the AST1v1 A 240
or A 666 SpeClfications or nickel-containing a.l.loys hiW­
ing cOinpos1tions similar to those of the shell plate
, ,
,,
(b) Protection may be required against corrosion f(lr
components exterior to the shell and against corrosion
<lnd/or oxidation for components on the shell interior.
Section 3 should be consulted and utilized as
appropriate.
2.2.4 Guy Wires, Cables, or Fittings
(n) GLly wires and cables typical.ly ma)' be of one
or more of the following materials, and consideration
should be given to the initial sh'etch of the material:
(1) aluminum-coated steel wire strand con[orming
to the AST1v1 A ':1,74 Specification
(2) zinc-coated (galvanized) steel \\'ire strand con­
forming to the AST!'vf A 475 and A 586 Sp<:'cificatiuns
(3) zi.nc-coated (galvan.ized) steel wire rope con­
fonning to the ASm A 603 Specihcation
(4) stainless steel wire strand conformi.ng to the
ASTM A 368 SpecificZltion
(b) Fittings for guys and cables should comply with
manufacturers' standards and be of alu.rninum-coated,
zinc-coated (gi'llvanized), or stainlcss stccJ as appro­
priate. Aluminum and zinc coating weights and st<lin­
less steel grade shol1ld match those of the guys or cables
cn which they are used.
2.2.5 Anchor Bolts, Washers, and Nuts
(n) Anchor bolts ma)' be of threaded bolt and stud
stock normali)' uscd as connectors or of round stock
of stmcturai material that may be threaded. They are
typìcally ane of the following specihc8tions:
(1) carbon steel-threélded félsteners confonnmg to
the ASTM A 307 Specification
(2) carbon steel bolts for generaI appLications con­
fonning to the ASTM A 4-1:9 Specification
(3) alloy steel bolts, studs, and threaded fasteners
conforming to the ASTM A 354 Specific<ltion
(4) alloy steel bolts and studs w1th enhanced impact
properties conforming to the ASTM A 687 Specification
(5) carbon steel conforming to the ASTM A 36
Specification
(6) high-strength, low-alloy steels conforming to
the ASTM A 572 or A 588 Specification
(u) Material far washcrs shall conform to the
ASTM F 436 SpeciJication and correspond to the anchor
bolt materia!.
(e) Material for nuts shall confarm to the ASTi'v1 A 563
Speciflcation and correspond lO the él.nchor bolt materia!.
(d) Protection against cnrrosion may be regllired.
Section 3 should be cOl1sulted and utilized as
appropriate.
(e) Double nutting or an appropriate locking device
is recomrnended.
2.2.6 Bolts, Washers, and Nuts
(a) Unless other\vise specified, carbc)n and high­
strength steel bolts conformi.ng to the ASTi'v1 A 307,
A 325, or A 449 Speci (jcati on will be lItilized.
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011
(u) Hi gh-streng th all ol' stee l bolts mal' be required,
and these s hou ld confonn to the ASTM A 354 or A 490
SpecificCltion.
tc) Far high-tempe rature app JicCitions, b ol t mate ria I
shoul d con(o n n to the ASTNI A 193 137 Specifica ti on
cove ring ('1 l1 oy .md stai nl ess steels. Stainless stecl bolts
nre a lso covered unde r the ASTM F 593 Specitication.
(d' U nless othe rw ise specified, nu ts sho uld c0n fo rm
IO th e ASTM A 563 Sp eci fi ea h o n. S ta inl ess/
hea l- re:-, isting nu ts s ha ll be of a mate ria I corresponding
lo tha l ollhe ba h llilless gaJ ling /sPLzing eon sid e rations
d ictatE> ot he rwise_
(e) \'Vas he rs s h •.! 1 c0 n fo rm to th e ASTM F 436
Specificat ion. Stai nlcssj hen t-resist ing washers shall be
of a ma terial co rres ponding lo th al o f the bo lt.
(j ) r ra tecti o n fr o m co rr os io n m ay be req u i red .
Sec t ian 3 s h o ul d b e co n s ult ed a n d u ti lized as
appropriate.
2.2.7 Appurten a nees
((I) Ladders, cé1ges, and s t ilir~ may be cons tructed of
one Or more of the follO\v ing m at erials:
(1) stTu etur{l I s teels ami staink% steels. confonning
t0 thc s tandard s Wlder para. 2.2.2 (CI)
(2) ca rbon steeI sheet <lnd ~Irip con.formi.ng lO the
ASTM A 569 and A 570 SpecificCitions
(3 ) high-strength, Iow-al.loy s hee t a n d s l" rip con ­
fo nnmg to the i\STM A 606 and A 607 Spec iftea ti ons
(u) Platfonns Clnd grZlting ma)' be cons tructed oi one
or more oE thc following materials:
(1) materials undcr para. 2.2.7(a).
(2) s tainless steels eonformi ng to the ASTM A 666
Speeifieèl tion .
(3) alumin ll m eonforrning In the ASTM B 221
Speeifie{ltilm. Refe r enee is made to th e Na l ioJ1nl
Association of Architectural Meleti MélnubetuJ"t'rs
( NAA MM) M,wll a l for mela I bar grating and s tair
treads.
(c) Ha nd rCl ils, toe p la tes, e tc. typ ica lly Me ma de of
o ne of the fo Uo wing ma te ri clls:
( 1) ea rb o n s tr u ct u ra l s teel co n(orming to t he
ASTM A 36 o r A 20S peci fi ca tio n
(2) hig h-stren g th, low-a lloy s tee l co nfo rm ing to the
ASTM A 242, A 588, o r A 618 Spec i!; eM;on
(3) al u llli nUi n con fo n n in g to t h e ASTM B 22 1
Spec ifica tion
(4) s tai nless s teels confo rmi ng to the ASTM A 666
an d A 554 Specificatio ns
(d) Access doors and instrumen t and sa mpling po rts
(1 ) i\ccess d oors shall be of (I met l" e riet l ma tc hing
th e shell plates or cast iro n .
(2) [nstnunent élfld sa mpling po rts sh,dl be o f il
ma terial of Jniltching or higher allo)' co nt cn t th an thc
shell p lates.
(e ) Pain ter's trolley émd ring
(1 ) A p ain ter's trolley and ring m(ly be (lf carban
steel or high -s trength, lo . .v-a lloy stee l:ì as spcc ified lllldcr
(,
, • 'i: 1 ,,
pé1f a. 2.2.3, pnwided s Llit ?o ble corrosi C'lì protecti011 is
Cl ppli ed.
(2) Ri.ng also may be of fl mi'ltcria l such as Type 304
or Type 316 stainless stee l conforming to the ASTM A 240
or A 666 SpecificCltion. Adequflt() 5tr uctur<11 supports (I re
to be prov ided .
If) Stack m;n cap'
(1) U n less otherw ise sp()c ifi ed , s tack r<lin caps shall
be o( the sa me compositi on as th e s ta ck s hell.
(2) Beca use of potent ial corr05 ion problem s, stClin­
less s teel con fo rm ing IO the ASTM A 240 Specificat ion
or h ighc r a ll oyed , (o rrosion-resista nt ma te ria ls s ho uld
be cO lìs idered .
(8) Dmill S.I/S ll!IrlS. A !:lys tem shou ld be providcd fo r
co llecting a nd routing ra in a nd condensate from the
in te rior o f the stack to a s iJlgle coll ec tion poin t al grad e
leve l 2. D r(lin pipe sha Il be of cor ro5 i on- re~js t an t ma te ria!
sue)) as Type 304 o r Ty pe 316 s tdinl ess s tee l co nfo rmi ng
to the ASTM A 240 or A 666 Specifieéltion, ni ckel oll oy,
o r plastico
2.2.8 Weld ing Ele etrod es
((I) AWS DI. L Structural We lding Cod e Steel is usu­
<l ll y specified for s tnlctura l welding af s teel s taeks. As
an alt e rn a tive, ASME BrVC, Sec tion IX, Qualification
Standdrd for Welding Clnd 13razing Proced u res, Welders,
Brazl!rs, and Weldin.g and Brazi ng O pera tions may be
sp ecified.
(b) We ld i ng e lec tr odes w ith a minimul1l tcn s il e
streng th of 70 ksi are to be llsed for carbon steel Zlpplica­
tions in stee l st,lck con srruetion. The type of electrod e
specilied is a func tion oi th e welding process to be used.
(c) Far hig h-tempe raturc applieations, abovc 750 ~ F
(400 °C ), lIsing hi gh-s tre ng th, low-aJloy steels, welding
elec trod es \·... ith é1 mi n im um tensile strength af 80 ks i ore
to be ll sed.
(d) Far stee l stilck co ns tru eti on uSillg Jl loy s teels, s l1 ch
as ASTM A 335 ond A 387, ES018·B2L electrod e w ;t h
I,.velding proc ed u res eonforrning to AWS 0 10.8,
Reco mm e lld ed Prilet iee for WeIding of Chromium­
Mo lybd e n w n Stecl Pip ing and Tubing should be used.
(e) Whe n sté\inless steels and n ickel alloys are used a.s
plMe, shee t or as ciad p ia te, the tollowin g spffificat inlls
apply:
(1) ANs r/ AWS A5.4, Spec iflCa ti o n for Stalll!ess
Steel Elec tT0des for Shi elded. Me ta l A re \JVeld ing
(2) ANS I / AWS A5.9, S p ec ifi cat ioll fo r Ba re
Stainl ess Sleel We lding El ec trode:. a nd Rod:i
(3) ANS I! AWS A5.11 , Spec ifica lio n fo r N icke l and
Nickel Allo)' Weld in g Electrodes for Shield ed Me ta) A rc
Weld ;ng
(4) ANSI! AWS A5.14, Spec ificat ioll o( Nickel (lnd
Nickel A!loy Bflfe Weld ing El ec trodes a nd Rod s
(5) ANSI/AWS A5. L Spec;E;ca tio n fo r Cove red
Carban Steel Are Welding Elec trodes
(6) ANS I/ AWS AS.1B, Specifieati on fN Carbon
Stee l Fille r Metòls fo r Gas Shielded Are Weldi.ng
"
 A5ME 5T5-1 - 2011
(7) ANSI! AWS A5.20, Spec ifi ca tion for Carbon
Steel Electrodes for FhlX Cored Arc Welding
(f) When welds are lT'lllcle between dissimilar metals,
the type of elect rode to be used shou ld be based OH the
higher grade ma teria l being weld ed .
(g) As \vi th the design o( the s tack meta!, proper co n­
sid eratio n mus t be gi"en to the red uc! io ll in we ld meta l
s treng th when exposed to high temperatLHes. The tem­
perature-based 51renglh reduc ti ons for the weld meta l
s hould be assu.mcd to be th e same <lS thò t for the bélse
metal.
3 LlNINGS ANO COATINGS
3.1 Scope
Seetion 3 \\Iill prov id e the designer with infonnation
that w iLl he lp him to detennine wheth er or not aH inl·e·
rio r linjng and /0 1' aH ex teri LlI' coa ting sbo ul d be used
on the :;tack, the types of lin ings and coat in gs that may
be cOJlsidered, a nd the generai chem ica l and the nn al
lim ita tio nt> associa ted with eaeh type. Co ns id erations
with respecl lo the \.Ise o f insula ting h nings and e;.,te ri n r
inSlll<ltion <l Iso (tre presented.
3.2 Linings
(11) li nin gs for the interior of steel s t<l cks mCìy be
reCJuired to provide resistance to corrosive gases, vapors,
or condensates; to provide resistance to heat; anci to
maintail' s tack surface temperCltures for th e pre\'ention
of condens::lte corrosion.
(lt) To detennine whethe r a lining sholl id be useci, a
co mplete thenn al ana lysis o f the entire system (rom
hea t suurce lo s(<lck o ullet s hould be pc rformed g iv i.ng
pr im <1 ry cOlls id cra tìon to the s tack s u rface tempe r<ltu re.
A compl ete chemica l "nd physical a nalysis of th<.' f111~
gas ShOldd <l Iso be perfmmed to determiu e the p rese nce
nf chemically cnrrosive constitllellts anei the characte ri s­
tics of par ticu late loading.
3.2.1 Temperature/Corrosion. The meta l s urfCìce
t e mper Rh.J rc.~ of uninsulateci, unlin ed s tee l ,:;tacks m<1Y
tall bclow flue gas de\.-v points withi n th e s tack or at the
stack out let.
The most commo nly CJuoted stack temperature i5 the
fl ue temperatu re at the stack in let. Il is alS0 the 1ll0 st
mis lead ing bec<l use il is the metal s urfilce tempe rature
thM is o f importance. Uninsu lated u nli.neci stee l s lé1cks
can hCìve metal su rface temperatures 60(l· ~ o r more below
the fl ue' tempefa tures at Ihe s tack inlet. whercOls s tacks
with extemal insul ati on oiten w ill have metal sudace
temperah.Jres that are onl)' slightly lower than the inle t
flue ga~ tempera ture.
C ritica i carros ion temperatures are not abso lute val­
ues clwe rin g Cl)] situatton~ but presen l foca l paints for
more deta il eci stlldy, i.e., if s t~1Ck SLlr Face temperatures
fa Il belnw ac ici condensa tion d ew pnints, (;;'x ternal insllla­
ti on and/or higher fl ue gOls velocities cou ld co rreet the
" j ~ -. t( ,.
sHua tion. Extemal insulation ean be ubed tn maintain
s tack surf(lce temperature (lt leas t So='F nO°C) "bove the
flLle gCls dew point. If metal temperi1tures are exceeded,
interna i linings may be used to provide " so lution.
(a) 120°F (49"C). Ihis is the WClter dew point, the con ­
densatioJl po int of nitric, hyd rolluoric, and sulfu ro us
aci d s.
(u) 14S"'F (63°C). This is th e tempe rature a t w hich
hydrochl oric add cond enses. Chl o rid es Me fOl1 nd in
most coals.
(e) 275 °F (J35~C). TI1is is the s uUuric acid devI poi.nt
of Nt1. 2 fuel oil having a 0.6% :::.ulfur con tent.
(d) 32 (J "F (1600C). Th e su lfu ric acicl dew point of NO.6
fue l o il ha\'ing Cl 2% to 8'10 sulfur co ntent.
re) 400"F (204°C). 'nle maximum theoretical acid dew
point. aS5 uming ali sll ifur presen t WCìs converted into
sll lfur trioxide.
(f ) 800°F ( 42?CC). Tempe riltl1reS above thi:'> point
ind u ce s truct ur a l cha nges that re nde r nonstòbi lize d
g rades of stainless steel s useepti bl e to intergrnl1ular co r­
ros ion. The tempe rahJ re ra nge for thi s effeet is BOOaF
(427°C) to l ,650°F (899°C).
3.2.2 Other CriticaI Temperatures
(11 ) 16WF (n°C). ]t ha s been tOUJld thal Irrevers ib le
damage takes pI ace whe n skin is hl contac t with material
at 160°F (71°C) fnr 1 sec. Reversib le injury occurs al
l54"F (68°C) far 1 se c, and the threshold of pain is "bout
l-!O°F ( 60 ~ C) for l-sec contact.
(b) 400 ~F (204 °C). Average coefficients of linear th er­
mal expausion for carblm, <l lloy, 5ta in less steels, and
nlCkel all oys Me shown in No runandatory Appenciix I3,
Table B-1. Thesecoe Hici ent s Me of i.nterest when weldmg
carbol1 and a ll oy stee ls to st ain less s tecls for service al'
tempe ratures of 400°F (204°C) a nd above.
(e) 750°F (400°CJ. For ca rb o n s tee l s u ch as
ASTM A 36, creep becomes <I ciesign cons id cra tion al
temper<l tures abovc 750°F (400C C). Creep is ciefin ed élS
the time-ciependent pennanent defonnò tl oll th a t occ urs
after the Clpp hca tion of <I IOild lo il metal Ln or above th e
creep temperi'\tw'e ral1ge. ASTM A 242 and A 588 high ­
strength, low -"Uoy s teels may be used where steeb with
oxiciation resis tance "nd cree p rupture properties s upe­
rior to that 01 carbon s tee l are req uireci. ASTM A 242 is
the more resistC'lnt nf the two and ma y be used at a
temperature ab Oli t 100°F higher than that nf carbon steel
(850 ç r or 455"C ). Ca re sho u ld be exercised if us in g
ASTM A 588 . 1 800' F ( ~ 2rC) .nd .bove bec""e of
relati vely 10\\1 duct ility.
(rI) 850"F (455°C). The temperat ure al wh.ich creep
becomes lmpn rtant for all oy s teels.
(e) 1,050°F (565 °C). The temperature Ol i 1,.v hi ch cree p
be comes imp ortant for chromium -ni ckel é1l.1steni ti c
stainless s tee ls.
((! 1,lSWF 1620°C) lo 2.000'F (1 093 'C). The tempcr.·
ture range over wh ich th e stainless stE'els, dcpendi.ng on
th eir <1 11 0Y cnntent, provide llseful resis tance to sca lin g.
- , ,
 ASME STS-]-20 11
Refer t Cl Ncmmanda tory Appendix B, Tobl e B· ] 7 fo r
informa ti on on maximum temperatures far all o)' and
s tarn less s teels to avo id excessive sca1i.ng.
3.2.3 Environmental Severity Levels. See
Nanmandatory Appendix C. Tabl e C- l.
(a) Cllemicnl EIl"l.Immml!/lf. Canstitue nts w ithin th e
flu e gas that \-vitl affect the carrasivity of the e nvi ronme nt
c1nd thereby the suitability af l.iuings includ e ax id es af
sulfur (SO,J, axides of nitrogen (NO\), chJ orid es (C l),
and flu orides (F).
(1) Milrl. Flue surfélce te mp e ra tures above acid
dew po ints (pii ~ • to S).
(2) M Otierllfe. Flue sur(ace te mpe ratu res belnw (l ci d
dew poi nts 0 1\ a11 in tennittent bllS is bllt no rmfllly above
Nu .' acid dew points (p H = 2 to 4) .
(3) Selle,,!. Flu e s ur face te mpe ra tu res be lo\\' the
(l cid d<.'w po ints ior aH opl::ra ting cycles (p H = le$s
th"n 2).
tb) Te mperal l/I"..' El lvirOl/ll/eJll;;;.. Te mpe ratu re levelsll iso
contri bute to the severi ty of thc e nvi rOlun ent, pth!i cu­
l.nl y as they relate lo the Sllitability o f organic linings.
Temperatures that remain consta nt n r ~ t eady may be
less of a problem than th o::-e th at a re cy clic.
(1) Mi/d. Temperah.lres up t(1, bll t not exceedi.J.lg,
200"F (93"C).
(2) Moderale. Temperatures fra m 200°F (93 °C) to
350°F (177"C).
(3) Se'oerl!. Tcmp e ratures gr ea te r th ,1l1 350°F
(177°C).
3.2.4 Classifications of linings. Sc(> Nonrnc.ndatory
Appendix C, T,bles C-l .nd C-2.
3 . 2.4.1 Organic linings . Mn s t aCid -res is tant
orga nic lin ings (CI ii o r lose th eir nexi bitity and ab ility to
resist liquid o r va por pe net ration CI I te mpe rCltllres ove r
300°F (149°C ). Som e m a nufact ll re rs cl a im !ha! !heir
p roducts C<l n pe r/or m up to 500°F (260°C). O fte ntim es,
the comb inati on o ( thc chc m ical c m'ironment, together
. . vith the tem pe rah.!re e nvi ron me nt, w iLl be s)' neJgis tìc
in nature and require more còfeful selec ti on of a lining.
Bdore choos ing a pa rt icu [CI\" lining , the designer should
contaci the mallllfac tllfer lo (.'nsurC the sllitability of the
produci for th e requirements CI I hand.
(Il) Orgtl/lic Res i/ì . Polyes ter. novo lac phenolic epoxy,
novo1<1.c epoxy, epoxy, vinyJ es ter, e tc. linings are com­
prised of ch cmi cal re~i..no u s compo unds based on célrbon
clu.in::- or rin gs anel also cont nin hydrogen with or with­
au t oxygen , nitrogen, anel oth e r eleme ntt.. Thc formula­
tions in corporate harden in g c1gent5 to cure the resins
éllld uS llaUy fillt:.'rs o r rcuuorcem ent to provide des1mble
ph ysic,ll prope rti es. Applic<l tion is in tiquid form (so lu­
tion, d ispe rs io n, etc.) ll sin g spr"ily, roller, or trowcl.
(bJ Orgrlllù: E/a3 fO/J/ l!rs. Fluoropo lymer, naturél l rub ­
be r, bu ty l nlbbe r, ure th il ne <1s ph"lI t, e tc. Linulgs a re based
., .
on na h.lf al or s)'nthetic polyme rs that, l't room te mpe ra­
ture, retu rn r<lpi d ly to their approxim a te lIliti <l 1 d ime n­
sion and shape after ~lIbstantinl defor ma ti on by a weak
stress and subsequcnt rcleasc of tha t s tress. App li cil ti on
is in shee t or Iiquid fonn.
Due to tbe greélt number of varinti o ns o f for mu lf1tions
by mélnllfctcturer~ (lf orgélllic linings, thi s documen t wili
not be more spccific in this rega rd. There are ASTM
s tandards that can be used to evaluat e cer tai.n properti es
o f organic linings, and where s tan da rds d o no t ex i::; t or
when further infonnation is n eeded rega rding s pecific
pfCld llcts, their performan ce, and rewmrn ended ll sages
are required, the linln gs manufil ctllr e r!> sh o u ld be
contacted.
3.2.4.2 Inorganic Unings
(ti ) IllOJgllll ic Ce /J /e utilioltj COllcrete Monolil liies. Th ese
lin ings <1re comprised o f matcrials o the r t.hau hydrocar ­
bons and their d e ri va ti ves. These pro tec live ba rrie rs are
compri sed of inert mixtures o f che mically inert. solid
agg rega te (illers <1nd il ceme nting ageu t. 111C ceme ntulg
agent may be l'n acid-se tting agent con tained in the
powder il nd Il silica te binder, w h ic h su bsequc ntl y hilrd­
ens by the chem ical reac tio n be tween th e sethn g agent
and the silicate binder or a hig h alu mi na ceme nt binder
thnt h<lfdens by h ydrati on. Applicatinn is by troweling,
eClsting, or Guniting. Refra ctary ins tall a ti on quality con­
trol guidel.ines, monolithic refrCl cto ry lini..ngs in spection
nnd testing, c1nd rn a teri als ll sed shall be in accordanee
with APl RP 936. Tnc!ud ed are the fo ll owing:
(1) Acid-Resis ltwt COl/ CI'ete. T b.ese li.n..ings are based
on silicCl.te chemical setting ce ments and lltil.i zc chemi­
cally inert fiJlers . The y a re pélrticularly suited for severe
chemicéll environm ents and mild / m ad erate tempera­
ture env ircmments.
(2) Acid-Alkali-RC'sislaul COllcrell!. These linings are
generally based on Cl co mb i.ned silica te, che mically resis­
tant ce me nt, w ith in e rt agg regè'lte fille r::-. They Me partic­
uLa rl y suited und er mod e rate che mi cCl I environ ments
,m d mild / mod e rate te mpe raru re e nv ironments.
(3) RefmcWr,V (ouerele. These lìni ng~ are typicélll y
based on hi g h él luminél , hyd rttulica ll y se tting cement
bind ers, utili zi ng ine rt refr<l cto ry-type aggregate fiLlers.
Thcy a re s uitable {o r mi.ld che mical environment::- an d
severe te rnpe ra ture env ironme nts.
(4) II/51!Iatill g Co ncrete for Teruperatllres to 650°F
(899 r:·O. Typica l fo rmlll a ti on s include expanded day,
slag, or fllc1 ash, ca rnbined wi th a h.1gh alllmina hydrall­
li c cement bind er; a calcined diatolllite aggregatt' fill er
and high alumina ce me nt; and a perlite or vermic ll lite
aggregate fjJJ er co mbin ed with a high alumina ecment
binder. They nre sui ted for Cl.pplication where tempera­
tur e is th e mai n e n viro nmentéll condition to b e
addressed.
(.1) 11I ::>lI la/mg CO I/ ade for Telllpcra lures up to 2,200°F
(1 20..J. ~ ().
Li.nmgs <Ife based on high-temperntl1re insu­
btin g aggregate fil.lcrs utiliz ing a high al umi.na hydrau ­
tic setting ceme n! bind e r. They are partic ul élrly su ilcd
.
,., .;., rl
.'
 ASME STS-1-20 11
where th e temperature e n vi ro nm e nt an d insll la ti()Jl
charac teristics oi the lining Me impor tilnt.
(b) lnorganic Mnsonry. These lini..ngs are compr ised of
Jlonme ta llic, chemically in ert masonry UJlits, SLICh as
brick or foamed, dosed, cellular glass block, bond~d
loge ther witll a mortar hé"li/ing adeqlla le ad hes ioll to
the units, éHld possessing ~lIit ab l r.! chemica l (lnd the nn(l]
re s i s tan«~ for thc anticipatcd exposure.lncluded (I re the
fo ll owi ng:
(1) FOl1 nJé'd, Closed, Cdllllnr C la5~ BIoà. Un ings con­
stru cted of this u ni t are highly in su lali\'e. B()(osilicale­
type glass compositions are most sui ted for withstand­
ing severe chemical alld tetnperMure tò'lwirorunents as
d efi ned b y thi s 5talldard .
(2) Firebrick. Linings o ( brick h.wing approp ria te
a lumina C0nte nt to be che mical ly and p hysically stable
a t hi g h temperatu res. and in s ta ll ed w ith '" s ui télb le
refrél cto ry uwTt a r. m ay be l1 sed to te mpe riltll res o f
2,200° F (1 204°C).
(3) Acid-Rè:,istt1r11 Brick. lhese Iinin gs are co n­
s tn.l cted of ehernicaJ )y resis tant b ricks, wh icJl <Ife nor­
m<llly la id in ehemieal-re;:;istant mùrtar fùr lise w here
there are severe ehemica ! élnd thennll ! envirollments.
The acid-resistin g briek shou..ld be specified in ilccor­
dance with either ASTM C 279 or C 980.
(4) IIl501l1atiiJg Firebrick LillinRs. The se lining s lire
comprised of li ghtwe ig ht, porous refrac toly brick h,1\'­
ing much low er th erm a l ccmdllc tivity and hell t storage
CélpllCity tlun fir ebrick and in s ta ll ed with high­
temperatu re refractory rnnr tars (l nd lIsed in very high­
temperature e n vironments where insulation qllality is
desirable.
3.2.4.3 Metatlie Lin i ngs and Cladding. See
Nonm andato ry Appendi :..: C, Tab le C-l .
Metal.l ic lini.ngsa.nd claddingsho uld beco nside red tor
li se w he neve r resis ta nce to corr0510n a nd / or e leva ted
te mpe ra ture is a C0 ncern. High -pe rfo rma nce mctals and
a1Ioys includ i.ng stainless s teels. n ickel-based a lloys, an d
tit a nim n a re ava il ab le for use as lini ngs or as d a d djng
on eé"lrbon-~tecl pia te. UsuaJl y, the meta llic lin ings a re
1/16 in. (l.h mm) thick , lI lth o u g h t h ickness 0 1 1/5 in .
(3.2 mm) also are Ll sed. C/(1dding thickness ea11 rllnge
{rom 5'}~ , to 50°/., of the total plate thickness, but for light
gll?e, ~-in. (6.4 rnmJ carbon s tee l, the p referred thickness
is IJ/i in . (1.6 mm) or 25°/0 of the total pla te thickness.
Meta lli c lining5 élre C'lpp lied to the subs trate llnd \-velded
toge ther by the over l(lp joint m e thocl as elescribed in
t\IA CE St<l.l1dMd Recomme nd e d Practice RP0292-98.
Metal déldding is applied to carbon steel plMe by eithe r
the ho t, sandwich-roJIi..n g process or the explosive bon c1~
ing proce:-,~. Thl' roll -bonded, clad-plate pnJduct w ith
the cla dding metallLug-ically bonded tn the carbon steel
i5 <l\'i\i lablc from the miU . CIa d plate mal' be installed
as d escr ibed in NAC E St?l nda rd Recomme nded Practi ce
RP0199·99.
W hell selee Ung s la inless stccls alld nickel a lloys fo r
co rrOSJ\'(:.' applical ions. a bri e f description o f thc d fec l.s
.. ' . I "
oi some (, f the al..loyi ng elemell is m ay be helpful. Cln o­
tnillm (Cr) is mosl importa nt from the s tandpoint 01
developing the passive or pro teeti \'e film tha t fo rm s on
the surface of th e allo}' i.n Ciir or oxidizing em' iroru ne nts.
Nickel (Ni) is im.por tant in tha t it hclps to expand the
pass i\·ity limits of th e a1l0Y, thereby contributing to
improved corrosion resis télnee. It a!::;o is respollsible for
the maintenance of the desirab le rtustenitic micros truc­
l·ure which provides go od duc tili ty, fabricab ility, and
l
weldabi.lity. Mùlybd enu.m (Mo) is th e mos t irupo rtant
e lement for prov idin g pitting and ere\' ice cMrosion
resistance, élnd nitT0gen (N) élnd tungsten (W) are help­
fui in thi s regard. Nitrogen a1so increases the strength
oi th e all oy an d helps to maintam the au slen itic micro­
st nJcrure. AS1 M G 48 offers slc1 ndard tes t rneth ods for
e vaJu a ting p itting alld (Tevice cO l"rosion resistance in
chioride e ll viro mnents.
The most im porta nt element io r increasi.l1g 0x idat io n
(co rrosion) J·esistance o f s teels al tempe ratures o f 1,OOQo F
(538°C) aJld above is ehrom ium . O th e r e lements such
a.-:, ~i li eo n (Si), a lwnin um (A L), 3.lld the ra re eilrth e le­
ments sueh as eeriuITI (Ce) 21 150 inc re(lse 0xidélti o n rt':"i::'t­
ance, partic ular ly \-V' h e n added t0 a ll oys co nt a inin g
chrornium.
lo avoid intergr(lnular co rrùsion in Cl'rta.iIl acidic env i­
ronm en b, int c fgn1.Ou lar earbide prec ipitation (ICP)
resulting fr olTI wclding IHust be pre\'en ted. ICP Cùn be
prevent ed by the lise of low-earbon (L) g rades (less than
0.03 C) or the addi ti on of stab ili zi ng elements such as
titanium (Ti) a nd co hllnbium (Cb).
3.3 Coatings
(a) lhe terms }Jl1inl and conting élre somctirnes difficlli t
t0 different i;) te . lhe term coal"ing j.s a morc generic classl­
ficati on that ind ud es pa in t. Whil e thc ptimary function
0 1 <1 coati ng is k l pro,·ide p rotect io ll, a paint ma)' ha\' e
th e add iti ona l fUllc tion of cù lo r aJo ng w ith protection .
The co lor propc rties o f a pa int may be mo re impo rta nt
tha n thc p r0tee tivc properties. ln th is5tandard, the word
conti/lg wi ll a lso m ean pa int.
Stac ks tha( are constn.lCted o f carbon steel ma y req ui re
coatings to protec t the s!ee) irom eo rrosi01l by the atm o~
spheres to whi ch it is exposed, to provi de an aes the tica lly
pleasing stn.lcture, anel to be in <lccorel"nce with unde r ~
writer codes al\d governmen t regulations p ertaining to
a\'iation sClfety. Some low -<ì lloy ~teels, sllch as
ASTiv! A 242 ,1 nd A 588, ex hibit supcrior atm ospheric
corros ion resist<:1nce lo carbon stcels é"lnd may not requ ire
an exterio r coating depending on the corrosivily of the
atmosphere. St(lC ks th<l t a re construcled of stainJess s teel
or higher (l lloys Sh Ollld be resistant to atm osph eric
(orrosiol1.
(li) 5ince Cl st(lck is subjected ta ou tc10or exposure,
ca reful consid e rati oll for su.n light and weathering InUst
be given, toge the r with an a wareness of d isCt""\loréltion,
fa d ing, britt lcness, e tc.
.
 ASME STS·1-2011
(e) In assessing the corros ive effec ts (lI the e nviron­
men t cMe(lIl cons id e rMion s hould be give n to the top
po rti on of th e stac k w here \vashd o w n may create a mo("e
se,'cre conditi on.
(d) Thc type of coat ing req uired \-V iII depend upon
the co lor, pigmentati on, rna ximum te mpe r<lturc reac hcd
by th e steel s kin , ,md the duration of th e hi g her
t el11 pe r atll reso
(t!) The majority oi hea t- re:;is tant coa tings llse heat­
resistant p igments, eithe r ino rg,ln ic o r met<lllic.
ifJ In coa tingsteel stacks, wa ler-based paiu!s or emul­
sjons have no i show n good pe rfo rm ilnce and lend lo
exh ibit bleeding.
3.3.1 Classification of Coatings. See NO nJTIandatory
Appendix C, T,ble C-2.
(a) Oll-Ba::.ed Contirlg Sys/!.'m. Such a coating s)'stem
is s uitable fa r pro\'iding excelle n t protection when sub­
je-eted tll ou tside mIal weather conditions but only pro­
teets agilins t very mild industria l fumes and miId marine
environment s. This coa ti..llg system is noi recommended
for corrosive environments. Il tends to exlLibit "ery slow
drying eharactcristics i.n curi.ng and embrittles and yel­
10 \-\" 5 with aging.
(b) Il/kyd Coatillg Sy::;It'III. This type of coating shows
exee lle nt resistance to weathering in rural environments.
It s hows ponr acid chemiczd resistance and only fair
perfomlance in marine salt envirolUnents. 111is system
is easy tu apply, exhibits good color retention and gloss,
is eco nomiccJ\, and is eélsy to recoat. However, it i5 ver)'
limited in its llsage.
(c) Phfilolic COl1fing S.I/sft'lIl. This system ìs exceUcnt in
moderate/severe chcmical corrosive atmospheres and
cxhibits good weathering resistance. 1t shows excellent
resistance in \"ery humid environments.
(d) Viny/ Cor.lfillgS. 1llese coatings are normal.ly llsed
in severe chemical environments and not usu ally lIse d
as stack coatings becallse they Me expent>ive. Howev er,
these coatings do exhibit cxceUent resistance to weather­
illg and pfOvide a gaod degree of flexib iiity.
(e) Olle -Cont S/lOp Pailliing for Slruc tllra/ SteeL This
type of coating is not far pro tecting steel exposed to
wea the ring for greater than a 6-mo per iod, even in nor­
mal rural or mild indu st riai en viron me nts or muine
e xposures.
(j) Cotll-Tar Epoxy CM /il/g . Thi s coa ting is used ex te n·
sively in marine and chemical environm e nts. 1l1ese çoa t­
ings hi:lve él tend ency tu embrittle duri.ng carl y years o (
e xposure and, hen cc, require rela hve ly rigid s ubs tra te
to s how good performa nce. They are less expensive t.han
the two-compo ne nt epoxies, are normall y blaçk in ço lo r,
and require ,Hl SSPC-PC#5 s urfaç(:' preparatio n .
(g) Zil1c-Ricll Pain ling 5ysll!ms ()/lorgol1 ic). Thi s çOil t­
ing providesexcelle nt protec tion to the steel fro m weath­
ering and is s uit ed fo r high humidit y a nd m ar ine
ahnospheres . Il is not p ar tiçulad y s uited for élcid resis t­
illlce. Howevel", when it is top cOMed, it p rov ides good
lO
i"esistance to exposure lo chemica t fumes. It reguires
a.n SSPC-SP#lO mininwm surface preparati on with a
sudace profile o f 1 mil to 2 mil in ord e r to obta in toti1.1
adhes ion.
(II) Epoxy Coal illg Sysft?nt . This coati ng provides good
resista nce to indu striai fum es and ma rine atmosph e re
exposures. These coat ings exh ibit good Ae>. ibility, hard ­
ness, and toughness and a re o f a hig h soli ds contenI.
AJthough they tend to chalk quickl y u.nder we<1 the ring,
they re!ain excellent chemical resis t<1nce.
(r) N01.'OIac Epoxy 5.l!slem. This coa ti.ng provides exce)·
lent res is tance to 'nd ustria l fumes and marine atmo­
sp hereexposures. l hesecoa tin gsexh ibit good Aex ib il ity,
hardness, and toughness and are of 100<'/0 solid s conte nI.
They ha ve a highe r temper a ture res is tance th a n a n
epox)' s)'s lem and better çhemical res is tanee.
(j) Novofa c Pht'lIo!ic Epo.ry Syslelll. Thjs çoa ting pro­
vides excellenl res ista nce to industri ai ftlm esa nd ma rine
ntmosphere expos ures. These coa tings ex h..ib it flex ibili ty,
h,ndness , and excellent toughn ess a nd are o f 100~{, so lid s
content. They h<we () hi gher te mpe ra tu re resistanee tha.n
11ovolaç epo.xy systt:ms ,md better e hemica l res is ta.nce.
(k) ClllariJJnted NuVVcr. This eoa tin g is s imil a r to a
vinyl a nd provid c6 a good toug h film, wh.ich has good
abras ion resis tance and possesses exeellent weathering
charaçteristics . It also shows exee llent res is til nce to min­
eraI açids and madne c nvirorun e nts in sa lt water. It is
normally limit ed to 1600F (71 °C) per fClrmal1ee
temperature.
(I) Si/lcoll es . Sili cones p rovide exce ll ent heat res ist­
ancl' and may be used up ro l,200°F (649°C ). They have
supenor ex te ri or weZlthering; mi.nim1..1m blm erosion, as
Sh OW l1 by chalking resis tZl nce; g loss retention; ,md cohlr
re tenlion. Th ey sh ow go od resis~ane e to m.i.ld chemical
ex posure. Th e prop erti es d epend Llpon th e Jmount of
si heone rcsin present i'lnd th e type oi modified <lgent
use d . Pure siliçone, togc thc: r with alwn.inum pigment,
provides an excell en t dllrZlbl e coating resistant to high
telnpera turc a.nd is 0150 cx pel1 s i\"e.
(iiI) TiVo - Cn mpol/e,,! Uretilall e Sy;:;tenl . A two­
co mp onen !, o ltilly 7ed, eured oliph otic llTcthanc pro­
vides a ha rd, tough, and abrasio n-res istant coating,
whiçh shows excellenr \vl'atheri..ng characteristics and
g loss retenti on . lt 1'1 150 possesses good chemical resist­
an çe to m il d flcids fl nd é'l Jkalis and shows excellent adhe­
SiOll to steel. Ho\Veve r, during application, it tends tu be
mois ture-se nslti ve, yet, upon euri ng, it exhib its excellent
resis tance lo humidit y, m<lTine e nvironments, and mild
çorro-; ive en vironm t: nt.'i.
( 1/ ) Acry/ics. lhe$(> coatLngs sh ow exceUent color and
g l0SS re te nt ion for ou td oor ilpplic<ltion. Howeve r, they
(I re very limited in th eir ch(>mical resistance. They are
economica I <lnd p rovi d e s<ltisr.lctory performance ln
ru ral e nviro nme nts, where there are nothing more than
very mild fume cond it io ns. They do Ilot E'xhibit proper­
ties as good as vi ny l o r chlorinated fub bers w ith respect
to çhemical resis ta nce.
, .

 A5ME 5T5 ·1-201 1

3.3.2 Important Coating Considerations (/) Back-to-back angles.

(11) environm ent (mri'l l, in d ustriai, and mi'lrine) (g) Effective separation of fa ces of d issirnilar metals.
( b) exp os ure to tem pel'nh.lre (Ii) Sepa.ration materiab of s uit ab le s ha pe and thick­
(c) wea the ring ne5S (gasket.'>, butyl tape, (' re.),
(d ) aesthe tic color rete ntion (j) Slrll c tura l materia ls, gu ), w ires, ctl bl es, fittings,
(e) durability bo lts, Ilu ts, washers, ladde rs, c<lges. gra ting , and o ther
(1) surface pre pi'l ratioJ1 accessories may be p ro tec ted frmfl atm osphe ric co rro­
(g) cos i
s ion by the u se of hot -di p ga lva nized coatings. These
(l ,) coat ing ma nu fac n lrer's recommenda h o n
should be applied in acco rd ance w ith the ASTM A 153
Spec ificati on and s honld in volve the appropriate coatin g
3.3.3 Curing Methods
weight, Classes A, B, aJ1d C. w hic h a.re in ard e r of increas­
(il) air oxidCl tio!l (a lkyd s and epoxy)
ing zinc ((){ltlng weight.
(b) solvent eva pora ti on (vinyls, chlorinated rubb€' r, (jJ Hol-dip golvani ze d eoa tl ng5 sho ul d not be used on
coal-tar, and ac rylics) ITI3teriai in contact with un pai nt ed A 242 or A 588 steeL
(c ) ch emica l reac ti a n (epoxies, polyurethanes, vi nyl (k) Secause of potentiill co rro5 ion problems with stack
es ters, ,md int''I rgi'lnic zi..ncs) rain -cops, stilinless st ee ls con formi.n.g to the ASTM A 2,"*0
(d ) heat cure (s Hi co nes a r\d high-boke ph Enahcs ) Sp eci fication or hi g her all oy, corrosion-resistzmt materi­
als should be cons"idered in thei r co ns truction.
3.3.4 Primer
(/) Gal vanizing of slic h ite ms as ha nd ftl il s, [adders,
(a) TIle pri.m e r is the most criti cai ele me nt in mos t
Cl nd oth e r items of su it a bl e s ize é1 nd s hé1pe a fford s
coating systems beCCl ll se it is rcspollsible for preselv ing
1("IJ1 g -te rm pro tec ti o n in nonagg ress ive atm os ph e ri c
the me ta llic s tate of the substfat e, a nd it mu si anchor
e nvironmenl s.
the tota l coati.n g syste m lo the steel. Surface pre pa ra ti on
(m) Silicone coa tings have been \-vell know n ior S0 1llC
is ver)' imp ort ill1 t.
time for their good co lo r an d g loss re tenti o n w he n
(b) In generaI, th e m ore severe the environln ent , or
exposed to ext erior wea thering. Unmodi fied sil icones
the longe r th e rCCjuirement for protecti on, thc g rea te r
are expensive <md m us t cm e a t 400 C F to 500"F (204°C
thc coa tin g d ry- film thickness will be. Care sh ou ld be
to 260 0 ( ) . Air-drying p ro per tie5, lower cost, and h il rd­
taken, how eve r, i.n th c appl.ication of high-buil d .:i y.:i tem ::;
ncss i.n adhesion a re obt ain ed by copolymerizing sili ­
to thin-\va ll ed 5trucrures and other dim e n ~ i o n a ll y u.nsta­
cones with orgim ic p olyme rs. 1'he copolymers sh ow
ble sllbs tra les. Th ic k films, particularl y those of rig id
practically no film eros ion <'I nd , therefore, are vel'y slmv
the nn al se ls, <'I re le5s able to pro vid e th e neees5é'1ry nexi­
to chalk.
b ility to s ubstra te m oveme nts (ex pa nsjon a nd contrae­
( II) lnorganic zine-p igmcnted coatings, wh e n prop­
ti on) tha n a re thi n l"illns a nd call eas iI}' und e rgo ad hesive
e rl y a pplied to bl ast-clea ned s urfaces, show good resist­
il nd cohesive fai lure (e adin g to s u bsequ e nt
ance to atm osphe ric exp osu re.
dlsbondm e nt.
(e) lt i5 to be no ted tha l tempe ra tures a re to refer 3.3.6 Variations of Formulations. Due to the g reat
to the ex te ri or steel surfilces and no I to the tl ue gilS number o f varia li ons o ( form ula tions by coatin g man u­
tempe ra tures within the stacks. fJcturers, this Sta nda rd will noi be more specifi c in Ù1 i.s
(d ) Fo r ex ternal steel surface lempe rilnlres be twee n regard. \tVhe n s til n dards do not exist or '.'. .· hen fu rth e r
450cF (2 32 C ( ) and 900"'F (482°(), two eoa ls of ailim inum information is needed rl'ga rding specific produ ets, th eir
pi g me nt ed , s ili cone re;:,in-based coa tings h a ve been. performan ce, a nd rec{1 mm e nded usages, th e cOCl tin g
s ho\,\'n to p rovid e exceUent perform ance. mtlnufacture rs sho uld be conttlcted.
(e) For exte rnol s teel sur fa ce te rnperi'l tu res be t\.\ree n
3.4 Corrosion
450:)F (232°( ) <'I nd 9l.XJOF (48Y'C ), a zin c p ri lner. fo ll O\....ed
by a top-fin is hed coM of a modified si lico ne, ha5 show n 3.4.1 Att.cI, Due lo sulfur Oxides [From the Model
exee l.le nt p e rform a nce. Code on steet Chimneys (CIClNO)]
(j) A li coa tings !'i ho uld be appHed in strie! <'Iecord ance (a) TIle m ostcomm on fo rm of internai c hemica l a Uack
w ith th e In aJlufacturer's in stmcti o ns, obse rving mini­ is du e to aci d s (o nned by Ihe co nd ensat ion of su lfl.1r
m um Rppli ea tion temperatures, ca tal ys t, ty pe, add iti o n o, id es in tll(:' fl ue gas. Sulfur is fOll nd in a li sol id a.nd
ra tes and Ihinners, and the tlm oun ts allowed. liqll id fu els to va ryin g d egrees ilnd can aJ ~o be fOlUld
in g<lseo ll s fue ls. Du ring the cOlllbusti oll p rocess, nec"u ly
3.3.5 Design Considerations ali sulfur in the fuc\ is oxidized to sllifur d iox ide (S02),
(a) Ed ges. which is abso rbed by condensing water va pnr to fo n n
(b) Dee p, sqllare corners.
sulfuwus aci d o
(() Discontinuou:. areo.'; (bo li he(1ds, cn rn ers, etc.).
(b) A Sl11 d ll C]ua ntity of sulfur dioxid e (502) is ox i­
(d) Weld tln d weld spa tter.
di ze d ~ o su lfur ITi ox id e (SO,). The quantity dl'pcnds in
(,,) Skip we ld s.
a co mplex mil ll ner upon thE slIlfur content of th e fu el.

11

, 1 L l ' :
 ASME STS-1-2011
th e amount o f excess air a vaiJable d u ring com bu stion,
te mperature in the combu stioll cham be r, and the pres­
e nce of catfd ysts st1ch élS iron oxides. This s mall concen­
trat ion of 503 (usuall y meas ured in parts pe r million)
gives rise to mosl of the acid corrosion proble ms e ncoun­
tered tn chimneys. TI1is is becCl use on cOl\densa ti on, the
503 ions combiJ1e with vvater \'('1por to form sulfuric
acid, whose concent-réltion ca n be as high CIS 85%.
(e) COl1denséltion of these acid s takes pIace when the
temperature of the flu e gas falls be low their <1CJd de\-\I
pomt or \.Vhen the flue gas co mes in!,l contact with n
surfa ce at or belo\\! th e relevant acid dew point
temperature.
(d) The acid de\\! pomi temperature of s ulfuric acid
depend s upon the co ncen tr<ltion o f SO~ in the flue gnS.
Provided the tempe ratu re of the surfaces \v ith which
the flue gas can come inlo con tact is maintained al leas t
50"F (lO°C) abo\' e th e acid dew point es timated in
Fig. C-l in NOlUnélndéltory Appendi); C, there js no dan­
geI oj élcid corrosion d ue IO Ihi s cau Se. An adiabalic
sahmì tion curve s ho ...\' ing sulfuric acid conce ntra li ons
far vélriolls temperatur es and operat ing condiliolls
together with suggested m ate ria! is ShOWll in Fig. C-2
in Nonmnndatory Appendi.>.: C.
(e) The acid dew poil\t of 5ldfurol1s <1cid is élbout 120°F
(49°C), él little above the wa te r d ew point. lf the fuel is
contélminated, o th e r acids, s uch as hydrochloric and
nitric acids, CJn be expected to co nd ense in the sa-me
tempernhHe range. Thus, eve n if fuel élnd combustion
processes are chosen lo minimìze production of SO), or
if flue gases are scnlbbed to reU1 0v e most of the SO,
a nd SO!, severe co rrosio n ca n be expected if the lempcra­
tures of the flu e gas, o r the s1..lI"faces w ith which it can
come i.nto con lac t. fall below 149° F (65°C) or {he acid
d ew point temperatul'e felevél nt to the red uced S03 co n­
centrat ion, if Ihis is higher. Again, a safe ty margin of
SO"F {10°C) abov e theac id d ew poi nt is determined fro m
Figs. C-l and C-2 in NOlUllandatory Appendix C.
3.4.2 Attack Due to Chlorine, Chlorides, and
Ftuorides
(a) Chlorid €.::i and flu o rides m(ly be found in a.ll so li d
fuels, inclu d ing refuse, and in lDJny liquid {uels. Upon
combustion, chl orìde s and fluorides are tr<!Ilsform ed
into free chloride .1 nd fluori de ions, respectively, which,
011 cOl1 t<1 cl with wi'lter vi'lpor, are transfonned inlo hyd ro ­
c hIoric and hy d roflu ori c tlcids. Th~ highest condensa ti on
temperatu re a l whi ch hydrochioric acid has been found
is l40 c F (60 C C). Th e co nd e n satio n temp e rat ur e ior
hydroflu o ric acid ca n be e ven lower. Th us, \-vhen a n}'
fl ue s urfélce ([lli s belo .....· !"his acid dew point, very seri ous
co rrosion h / ill occ ur. 111is dew poin t is close to that o f
thewilter and s ulfu rous acid dew poin ts. The refo rc, cven
very s mall amounts o f chl orides and flu or ides, ii aUowed
to concentrate suc.h a ... u.ndeJ deposits, c,1n cause se ri ulls
c(Hrosioo prC"lble!ns. For t?xample, chloride level s un dcr
deposits hewe bce n found to be as high as 100,000 ppm,
12
~. .,-
necess itatillg the u se (lf the mo st corros ion -resi stant
material s.
(b ) H ydroge n c h.loride, hydroge n fluori de, and free
chIo rin e in flu e gases (l Iso beco me co rrosive in the ir
vélpo r stage. Sta inleS5 steels afe a ttac ked at telllpera tures
,lbove 600°F (3 16°C). Flu orid e vapors are corrosi ve to
stainless s teels a t tem pe rahlres above 4800F (249"'C).
3.4.3 Limited Acid Corrosion Exposure. Limit ed
exposl.lre to acid cor ros ion conditions can be permitted
in stélcks, which, for mC"lst of the time, are safe frotTI
chemical attack, provid ed the flue g,lS does not contain
halogens (chlorine, ch lorides, fluorides, etc.).
3.4.4 Criticai Corrosion Factors
(a) air le"ks
(u) jjn coo ]ing of fl<1nges , spoilers, or other
a ttachments
(e) cooling throu gh su pport points
(d) d ow nd rafr effec ts at top o f the chimney
(1) Presence o f chlorides o r f1uorides in the flu e gas
co nd ensate C(ln mdicilll y incre<1se co rfOsion rates.
(2) RegMdless ()f temperatures, co rrosio n ca n OCC UI"
il hill oge n co ncentrations exceed {he following hm its:
(a) h yd roge n fluoride: 0. 02 5% b y wcigh l
(300 mg/m 3 élt 20"C élnd 1 bélr pressur~)
(b) elementa ry chlC"lrine: 0.1 % by w e ight
(1300 mg/m.3 "t 20"C and 1 bar pressure)
(c) hydrogen chIoride: 0.1"}~ by weight
(1300 mg/m 3 at 20"C nnd 1 bar pressllIe)
3.5 Insulation, Jacketing, and Strapping
3.5.1 Insul.tion
(a) lns ll.Iation may be required 011 the stélc k exlerior
an d/o r interior or be tween the wall s o f a dllal wi'll l s t,1Ck .
(b) Insulatin g linÌ.ngs are covered in para. 3.2.4.2.
(e) There are nllmerolls ASTM standard s cove ri ng
the nnal in slil a ting materials and the ir prope rties. T hese
s ta ndi'lrds shou.ld be consulted and utili zcd in conjWlc­
ti on \Vi th the m,lnuJachlfCrs' reco nunendat ions to meet
the appli ca ti on requ.irements.
3.5.2 Jacl<eting and Strapping
(a) Jacke ting mJy be of a materii'll se lec ted (rom one
o( th e following ASTM Specificatiolls:
(1) a luminum-coated steel conforming to A 463
(2) gzdvanized steel cnnforming to A 527
(3) s tainless steel conforU1i.ng tC"l A 666
(4) alllminum confmming to B 209
(bJ Stra pping m<1y be of Ihe same mat eria ] as th e jack­
et; ng, b1..1t stain.less steel ;s lIsllall y pre fe rred.
4 STRUCTURAL DESIGN
4.1 Scope
Sec ti nn 4 includes cUlren tIy accep ta ble meth od ~ f(lr
es tablishing strucrured c011hguration of 5teel s tacks and
r " , " '
 A$ME $1$·1- 20 11
stack elements to resi5t a li ex ternal and interna i !nad s
imposed by th e geograp hy ,md topography of th e si le
and by operating cond iti o ns.
4.2 Generai
4.2.1 Umitations. The design recommend,Hlon s
made in the Standa rd are app hcab le primari ly to circuii\!
steel s tacks.
4.2.2 location . The stac k desig n and cons truction
shaJl be approp riate to the specific si le, with pa rt icul a r
eonsideration to loca l w ind and seismic co ndition s, a il'­
craft traffic, opern tin g con ditions, and 10ca l law s.
4.2.3 Drawings and Computations. Design drnw·
ings of th e s tack and ali ilppurtenances s h<l ll b~ prepared
showi ng ali elemcn ts a nd detClils necessary for satisfac­
tary fabricalion and erec tion of the stack. CompLltati o ns
sha ll be prepélre d "nd submitted. All m eans of connec ­
tio n o f m ate ri a l shall be s pecifica lly d e t<liJed w ith proper
differentia ti o n be tween s hop and fi eld co nnec t ions.
4.3 Applied Loading
4.3.1 Dead Load. The dead IO<'ld s hall ('onsi;:; t ~ lf the
weight of steel s tac k, cO<'ltings, int ernal liner, insu la ti on,
c\?Ldding, and a li perl11a nen t accessories such ClS ladde rs,
platforms, and gas-sarnpling equipm e nt. For dead loa d,
th e full plal e thi ckoess shall be used. The wrroded plate
?Lren sh<1 11 be used for stress c?Llculatio ns . For st(1 cks pos­
sessing refroctory lining, th e app Jied weight of the
rehilctory matC'rial shall be used to c<lJcu..l ate dead load
s tresses.
4.3.2 Uve Load. The lOinimu m Iive load of 50 psf
sha ll be incl ud ed fo r pl a tfo rms and wa lk\-vays. Th isload
need no t be cO ll sid e red fo r w ind or ea rthq uake comb ina­
ti (lns. Con sid c ra li o n sha ll be given fo r acc umula ted élsh
loads, and mois hlre in the ca:.l' of wel gases,.m IhL' s lack
wa ll :; ,md tl oors. False bottom pl<lt es sha ll be designed
tur", minimum live load of 150 psf.
4.3.3 Wind load. The wind load ~ h a ll be calc ulated
in ùccordi'l nce with procedures olltlined in thi s sec tion.
rt is th e d esigner's responsibility to c1'l\culate any ?Lpplt­
cab le w ind load not specified in this section , inc\udi.ng
a l! ex terna l a ttachments. The d esign shall a l50 conside r
w in d loa d s d u e to inle r fe re ll ce effec ts ùS ~ t a t ed in
para. 4.3.3.7.
4 .3.3.1 Design Wind Force. TIle d es ign load distri­
bLlt io n is g iven by
w(z) = iii(:) + ,. (z) l,-l )
where
14-2)
and
U'D(Z) I,) [c, (1 + 6.8/:;: ) - I l
= -3,M, (01
,~ , ,
nle velncity pressure, 17z, s hall be caJc ulated by
q, = 0.00256 V' I K" K, IH )
where the basi e wind sp ee d, V, is based 011 a 3-sec gust
veloei ty and is se lec ted i.n 1'Iccordance with the provi­
sio ns o t pMas. 4.3.3. 2 throngh 4.3.3.4, the imp or tanee
facto r, 1, is set forth in Tab les 1-2 a nd [-3 o f Mandatory
Ap pendi.x i, a nd the ve loe ity pressure ex posure coe ffi­
cien t, Kv is g iven in Tab lt· 1-4 of Ma nd a to ry Appcnd ix I
in accordano:, w ith the p rov is io ns o f pélras. 4.3.3.5 a nd
4.3.3.7. The p rovisions of para. 4.3.3.5 shall be used to
determ ine K2' where app licable, but K71 shallnot be less
than 1.0, The nutn erictrl l cl~e ffi c i e nt 0.00256 sh ?L11 be Llse d,
exee pt where s utficient clima tic data ?re aV<lilable to
justify the se lec tio n of a different V?L!ue of thi s fac tor
fo r a specifi c d esign i'lpp lication. Values far thC' farce
coeffic.ient, C" can be (ound in Table 1-5 af Mandatory
Ap pend i.x 1. InterfereIl ce effects on the force coefficien ti
Cf' described in para. 4.3.3.7 sha ll be consi dered.
The bas ic w ind ::.peed, V, used in the dete rmination
o f des ign I,.\-· i.nd loads is given in Fi g. 1-1 o f Ma nd ato ry
Appendix l, except as prnv id ed in paras. 4.3.3.2 th.ro ug h
4.3.3.4.
4.3.3.2 Spe ci al Wind Regions. Th e ba sic wind
speed sha ll be increased where record s or ex peri encC'
indicat e th at th e wi nd s peeds are hi g her thtrln th ose
reflected in Fig. l-l of Mandatory Appendi,x I. Mounta in·
ous terrain , gorge.:., (lnd special region s shown in Fig. T-l
shall be examined for unusual wlnd conditions. The
authority ha\'ing ju risd ictio n shaU, if necessary, é\ djus t
the va lues g iven in Fig. 1-1 to account for hi gher loea l
w incl s peed s. S uch adj us tment shall be based o n me teo­
rolog ica l in format in ll ilnd an es timate of the basic w ind
speed obta ined in accord a nce w ith the prov isio ns of
p ara. 4.3.3.3.
4.3.3.3 Estimation of Basic Wind Speeds From
Regional Climatic Data. Regional cli ma ti c data s hall
anly be Ll sed in lieu of the basic \-vind speed s given in
Fig. l-l wh en
fa) <1ppr\lV~d ex treme-value statis ti c<'l I-<1ll alys i:i proce­
dure:- h ave been emp loyed in reduc.ing th e dnta
(bJ the leng th o f record, S<l nlpling e nor, nveraging
ti m e, <lnemome te r heig ht, data qU<'llity, ùnd terfain expo·
Stl l"e have been take n illto accou nt
4.3.3 .4 E.x.posure Categories. An ex pos ure célfe­
gory t hat "dequa tel y re flec ls t he cha rac l e ri s ti cs o f
groLllld sudace irregu laritie s sha ll be determined fo r the
site <l t which the building or stn.\ctllre is to be con­
. ,truc ted. Account shall be taken (,f variations in g round
sur lace roughn es s that arises frmn naturol topography
and veget<1 ti on, as \-vell as frOtn co ns tru cted features.
Th e expos ure in which a speciEl c building or o th e r struc­
ture is sited sha ll be (lssessed a!-, be ing o ne of the follow ·
ing ca tego ries:
. ..
 ASME STS- 1- 2Ql1
(a) E.\-,JOS!lre A. This indudes large cit y cent ers wi th
aì least 50% o f the buildings h,wing a he ig ht in exeess
o f 70 ft. Use o f this exposllre category shall be limi ted
to th ose a re i'l S fo r w hi ch te rra ill re p rcsc n ta ti ve of
Exposure A p revai.ls in the ll pwind d irec tio n for (I di s­
t,l!1ce of Cl t leas t 0.5 mi or ten times the height of th(:'
.">ted s tack, l,.v h icheve r is greater. Possib le channeling
effects or increased velocit\' press l.1res due to the steel
stack being Joca ted in the'wake of adjél cen t buildings
sha ll be taken into accoun t.
(hJ Expo5 uI"e B. Thi s in cl u d es urb an a nd s u b u rban
é1 reas, wood ed areas, o r o ther te rra in wi th numero LLS
c10se ly s paced structures hll ving th e s ize o f s ing le-famil y
dwell ings o r ìa rger. Use of Ih is ex posu r(:' categor y sha ll
be li mJted to tl10se area s for whi ch terrain repres en tative
of Exp o511re B p revails in the lIpwind d irection for <l
dis tance of at leas t 1,500 ft or ten times the height of
the buil d in g or a ther stru cture, whi c.h ever is greater.
(c ) E.lpos !ll"e C. This inc\ud es open terrai n \vith scat­
tered obs tTuctions having he ig hts generall y less than
30 ft . Th is catego ry incl ud es fl aL o pe n cou ntry a nd
g rasslMd s.
(d) Exposlf re D. This incl ud cs fili !, unobstruc ted areas
exp ose d to wind flow ing over open ","' lI tE'r far a distance
of at leas t ) mi. This exp osure shall app ly only to th ose
s teel s tacks exposed to th e w ind co min g from ov er the
w?t ter. Exp osure D extend s inl a.t1d fro m the shoreline a
di stan ce o f ] ,500 ft or ten tim e~ th e heigh t o f the stack,
w hichever is greater.
4.3.3.5 Wind Speed Over HiUs and Es carprnents.
The p rov isio ns o f th is p ari'lgraph shall ll p pl y to isolated
hil b o r escllrp lnen ts located in Exposure B, C. or D w he re
the up\-vind terrél in is fr~t! of s uch topogra phie feahJres
for CI di s tfince equal to 50H H or 1 m i, whiehever is sm all er,
as m eRs ured from the po int at whic h H[1 is determined .
WLnd speed-up over iso lated hill s an d escarpmen ts that
cOllsti tl.l te abr upt ch?tnges in th e generai top ogr<l p hy
shél ll be co nsid ered for steel stacks s ited on thc u pper
haH o f h ills and rid ges or near the edges o f esea rpments,
illllst rat ed in Fi g. 1-2 ot Mél nd elto ry Appendix I, by us in g
fac tor Kl I
(4-5 )
wh e r~ K1 , K2 , and K.l i'lfe g i\'en in Fig. 1-2 of Mand ntory
Ap pen di..x 1. Th e effec l 01" wi.nd speed-up shRll ne t be
req uired lo be cons idcred wh en HH I L /I < 0.2 or when
HI-I < 15 ft for Exposllre D, 30 ft for ExposlI re C, o r <60 ft
fo r al1 othe r expos u res.
4.3.3.6 Gust Effe ct Fa ctor. The gus t effec t facto r,
Cf' for main w ind force-res is ting systelTls of steel s tac ks
s haU be cCl\cubt ~d in accorda nce with th c equ dti ons
show n in Mandatory Append ix I.
4.3.3.7 Force Coeffici e nt Interference Effect. Fo r
g ro uped or d ustered stacks having a center-to-center
14
" ,
di stance () f 3 diameter ('If [es:;, an incre ase in th e force
coeéii cient \'alue (lf 20% is sugges ted in the <lb sence of
mod el w ind tunne l teslin g o r ex is ti ng full- sca le dal él.
4.3.4 Seismic load, La te ral seiSUl ie fo rees shaU be
conside red in <lccord llnce w it h th e gu id elines d esc ribed
in this See tian. The procedu re p rov id ed s hall be folh)wed
i.n th~ U.S. as a minim um requirement. lt has been found
th(l t, due to the low mass of stee [ staeks, thosc enl y j n
high se ismic Jrca s or contélining h igh mélS~ dis tributi on
are gove rned by se ismi c IOil d s.
4.3_ 5 Earthqua ke Response. Th e s tee l s tack
respo nse tCl ea rthqu<lkes ca n be determ..ined us in g thc
res p o nse s p ec tr u m m e th od b y us ing (I h o ri zo n ta l
resp on se spec trum based up o n o ma x im u m gro un d
Clcee lera tion of loOg with a d atnping value of O.05, wh ic h
i::. 5caled to the sp ec ifi c sit e. TIle value of the i\cce lera tion,
A-.; , related to the effec tiv e peak velocity, sh all be d eter­
mined Ll sing Tab le D-2 in Nonm,mdatory Ap pe nd ix D
or til e publi shed \'i\ hle for th e loca tia n. Usin g the va ille
o f AI"' the res po nse spect rum sea lin g rél ti o is fo u.n d in
Table D-2 in N onm and él tory Ap pcnd ix D. Linear int cf­
po lation may be lI sed in be tween p ublis hed va lu es o f
AI.. The moda) momen t, shear, a nd d eflectio n resp onse
nE each m ode i5 sCél led \.-\I ith the sca ling rélti o for the
sp ecifi e frequ en ey of eac h mode. Mod él l respo nses for
each mode are th en add ed using the SRSS m ethod (tak­
in g th e square roo t of th e SlUTI of the squ ares of m oda l
m oment, shcar d e fl ec ti o n respo ns es). In li eu o f th e
respa nse spee tm!TI method , a statie equi val ent me thod
m ay be used .
The Jl.l<l thematica l mod e1 o f the s tee l stilck lIsed in the
a nil lys is shall be s uffic ienll y detll iled to represent the
s teel s tack, bn er or coa ting, la tera l support alla fou nda­
ti on prope/i)', and 5upport con dit lOn~. A minimulfl o i
tcn e[ements and fi ve mades of vibrati o n should be
used.
An eXel mp le of thc mcì them aticéll céllcu lati on of mod,il
p rope rties and res ponse s pectrum earthq ua ke res ponse
i5 s hown in Non mand ato ry Append ix I) ,
4,3.6 Thermat loads. Nonun iform d istrib ution o f
fl ue gas <tcro::.s thl:.' !:>teel stack or s teel stélck Imer lUély
ca use di tferen tial tempen·ltures. Unlcss thc temperature
distribution is uniform or linearl)' vary ing él cross the
s tack/lin er diélm eter, th ermal stresses wi ll be induced
in both long itudin al an d eircumferent"i,1 1 d irec tions. In
add ition, long itudinal be nd ing s tresses Rnd s hear
stre.sses w ill be pmdueed if t h~ s taek shell or liner tbat
is s ubjected to Ilo nu ni fon n telnpera hJ res él long its he ig ht
is res tra in ed fro m lat era l mo vem e n ts. Th e the rm al
stresses sho u ld be considered in applicél ble stack a nd
liner desi gns. Refer to 1975 ASCE Pu b licél tion, Design
and Constnlcti on (l f Steel Chimney liners, fa r m ore
discu ss ion o( therma l effects.
For s ta cks to b e s ubiected to hig h- te m pcrature
(>S(XPF) <"lnd /or fast p lant ~ ta rh.lp or s hu tdow n, such
" l'
 ASME STS·1-201l

ascycJic ppe ra tion of co mblls tion turbine, d esign cons id · and

erilti on should be given to m inimi ze the nOll lln iform
y ~ )
thermal differentials that m<ly ex ist betwet'n s hell and
s ti.ffeners or other strllctura l el em ents. LOc(1tized therm at when
stresses indllced in the in.ner pl ates dnd s tiffeners cm
be substa ntial and must be consid ered in th e d es ign. L.
- ,. $ 60
4.3.7 Construction loads. CO!1 sid eril tion :,hall be
given in the design for applied constru cti on loads in
comb ination 1;\'ith wind and seismic 10<ì d s that ma)' red·
sonably be expected to occur during con struction. F, $ 50 ksi
4.3.8 Other load s. Wh ere <1 pplicabk, éldditional and
loading, such as expansion Joi nt thrt1 sts, press ure 10i1ds,
impact, transportati('n, or flth e r !(lfl d s nniq ue to th e spe­ y ~ 21 .600
cific case, shall be co ns ide red in the d esig n.
4.4 Allowable Stresses
18.000 +M
The fo ll ow in g fo rmu las fo r d eter minin g id low<l ble when
s tresses are app Licable fo r circuJ fl l" stiJc ks a nd line rs pro­
\' ided th<lt eq. (4-6) is sahs fied : L,
-,. > 60

(H) and

An increase in allm\'abl e shell 5tresses due lo wind or

seismic IO<1d s shalJ no t be é'l tlowed .
Ali other steel mem be rs sha!l co mp ly w ith thc requùe­
ments of the Am erican lnstil'ute of Steel Co nstruction lOF, _ -'-­
(AISC) specification (or th e d es ign, fabrica tion, and erec­ E D
K, = 7?f
tion of strucrural 5teel l'or bui!d ings, AlSe Manual of .- "
Steel Construction, lat es t editi on, with the excep tion that ( f
an increase in a.llo\\li1bl e sl1 el! 5tresses due to wind or
se ismic IOéld s shall no t b e il ll owed . Fo r s tacks and liners 4.4.2 Case 2, lon git udinal Compression and Bending
meet ing the req ll.i rement s cf eq . (4 -6). the foUowi.ng fo ur Combination . n1 e combined longitudi.nal compress ive
load cases mus t be séltis fi ed. il lld bend ing s tress in cy lindrical stacks and liners shall
4.4. 1 Case l,longitudinal Compression. llle long i­ noi exceed the él lI O\vi\ble s tress, S/oJ .
tu dinal compressive st ress in cylindrical stacks a nd Lin ­
r MD
- + - - s5,./ (4·10)
ers ( P/A ) 5hil ll no i excccd th c allowab le Lim.it, Sd.
A 2/""'!I," .

(4 -7) wh e re Sf>j (= Se/ ) is gi v en in eqs. ( 4-8) a n d (4- 9) o f

p.r•. 4.4 .1.

where NOTE: Y =1 l\.H comp ression due lo bendlng.

(~-R)
4.4.3 Case 3, Circumferential Stress. The circumfe r·
ent ia l s tressJr; in the shcll due to external wi..nd pressure,
whcn q7.' bct\.ve cn s tiffeners spaced at distance, 1" shall be
d etermined ll siJ1g
q,D
f. ~ 2881 (4 ·11)

or
Th e circumferentia l stre~s .'>h<lll bl' l~ .s5 than tb e r1 llm . . "ble
F" (l - 0.3K, )Y s tress, Sco calculated as
5..; ~ (FS) (H)

w hen
(4·12)

15

.,
 ASME STS· 1-20 lt

when Table 4.4.6-1 Factors 01 Salety

lo ad Combinati on F.S,

Oead + Uve + Oihe r + Thermal -I- Along or Acros s Wind 1. SO

Oead + live + Other -I- Therméll + Se ismic 1. SO
Oead + Uve -I- Other + Abnormal Th ermal + Along Wi l1d/ G 1. 33
when Construction 1.33

Table 4.4-7-1 Minimum Fabricated Plate

Thickness and Maximum Stiffener Spacing
K ~ 168 F, D 0465 _ 0.0232EI
. Et"T"· F,:,D Inside Diameter. Minimum Fabrlcated Maximum StiFfener
D. PIa te Thickness. 5pacing. ft
where ft tn. INOIe (1)1
q~ external wlOLi pressurc OH s tack sheJl at elevé' ­
tion under considerC\ hon, p S ( 0$ 3. 5 Q.1 25 SO
3.5<0.<:;8.5 Q.18 75 lO
C, 1.0 8.5 <0'<:; 18.0 0.1 8 75 2D

4.4.4 Case 4. Combined longitudinal and Circumfer­ O> 18.0 0 .25 1 1/,0
entia! Compressive Stress. Th e combined IOllgitu d i..nal
NOTE:
ilnd circumferential compressive s tres<) in cy lind ri ca l (1) Or grealer if I he requirements of paras. G,) .7 and ".1,,') are
~tC\cks and lìners may be det ermined using the foll ow ing satisfì ed.
formula:

(c) The stiffener and pli;lte sec ti on sh,lll have a section

(H3)
modulus equal to or greater th élll thélt de termined by
tht, follo\-ving equa tion:
4.4.5 Circumferentia! Compression In Stiffeners.
The size af stiffeners shi1!1 sa ti sfy th e fo llowing three
requirements: (4-16)
«(I) The stiffener i\nd plat e sec ti o n s hall have a
momenl af incrt ia eq ua l to 01" greélter than that deter­ where

mined by the fo llo\-\.' in g equation: q., = extemal wind press ure

/ > q/P' (F S. ) 4.4.6 Factors of Safety. Th e stack slH II be designed

(,-14) fo r minimurn (élctor o( s élfety, F.S. , fo r the load ing consid­
•• l' - 34.56E
eratlOns g ive n in Table -1.4.6-1.
where
4.4.7 Minimum Fabricated Plate Thickness and
Cf:::o ex lerna) wi nd pres::JlII"t', q;" Or stack drafi pres­
Maximum Stiffener Spacing. Table 4.4.7-1 s hows the
sure, 'J" m i.ni.mum pléllC thickness to be used in the fubrication 01
(u ) The stiffener and plé1.te sec ti on sha ll ha\'€' an area steeJ s tacks and Iiners ;md maxlm um s tiffener s pacing.
equal to or greater thall thi\t dC?tcrmìncd by the folJowing False bottom pl é\ t e~ shall be a min.im um of ~ in. thick
equeltion: prior to i\ny corrosion co ns idera tion.
4.4.8 Creep Rupture Tensile Stress. For sustained
(4-l5) loadin g and high -temp erJture service above 7S0 "F,
dependin g on th e stee l chemistry, the creep-rupture
Ci.rcumferential cl1m pression i.n thl' stiffeners shall l1l)t strength af the stee l becomes a significant factor in
exceed determining the aJ1 0wable design tenslon stress.
(a) [3eca usc of their nature, allowable creep stresses
are onl)' lIsed to limit tension stresses or tensile bending
stresses fron1 loa diJ"lg combinations that will be sus­
tai n ed ~t e l ev~ ted tem pera tures. Creep and creep­
in w hic h I is the mo ment af inertia o f the stiffener and r\l p tt1re are ve ry d epende nt on the exact chemJslry of
Cl ba nd o f ~ h e ll piene. Th<:.' band of s hell plate shall not thc steel. Some ca rbon stee ls, such as ASTM A 311, are
excced th c 8 x I project ion beyond the s tifiencr. ve ry suscep tible to cree p and creep ruptu re, while o the rs

16

I - n , . " ( ~ r
 A$ME $1$·1- 201 1
are almost creep resistnnt. llle eX nct chemical com.p r'lsi~
tion of the stee l is nec~S$nry to quantify its creep "nd
creep rupture proper ti es.
(b) The cles ign creep life shoulcl be selectecl based 011
the expected service life and conditions. Des ign forcrcep
lS typ icall y based OH (ree p and rupturc properties co rres­
pond in g to a c reep life of toO,OOO hr. Th is c reep design
Ufe is the d ur,l tion presented in Sectjo n Il o f the ASME
Bo ile r and Pressure Vessel Code. A s ho rte r o r longE'r
creep d es ign li fe may be approp riate depend i.ng on the
expected servì ce lI fe o f the s tack.
(e) The maximum allowable creep te n sile design
stress, as taken (rom Section 1 of the ASME Boiler anei
Pressure Vessel Code, Rules for Cons tru etion of Power
Bailers, shou ld not exceed the lowes t of th e foll ow in g
twa \'alues:
(7) the ~verage stress to produce a ereep nlte of 1%
wi thin toO,OOO h.. wi th a factor of safety of ]
(2) the average s tress to ca use c reep rup ture a tte r
100,000 hr \,v ilh d factor o f .safety of 1.5
(d) Selee ted allo",,,ble creep tensi le d esign s t-resses for
var ìous stee ls lIsed in duc twork and steel s tae ks a re
pr esented fo r reference (see NOlìma nd a tor y
App endix D) (r o m the Ameri cdll Socie ty of Civi l
En g in ee rs (ASCE ) 1995 public <ltion, The Strll e tural
Design o f Air and G<lS Duct:'> for Power Sta ti ons ami
Lldu strirtl Boil er App lications, Scction 3. The va llles pre~
sen ted i.n this book ore intend ed to be used only (1.S (l
l'derenee. Creep rupture aUowable tensi le design s tress
used in s taek design should be obtained frOIll test data
refleeting the precise chemical compositi on o f the steel
to be u ~ed in the stack fab rication.
4.5 Oeflections
4,5,1 Late ra l Deflection, llle maximum de flec tion
u nder th e sta ti e desi gn loadìng shall be calculated , ami
the fou nei <l tion rotation or move me nt sh all be co nsid­
e red in evaluating deflection. There is no practical limit
plclced on th.e lllaximum defl ee ti on a s ti'lck ei'l n experi­
ence; howL'\,(:'J', for large deOeeti oll5, t.he rc!:>ulting sec­
ondC\ry stresses ca used by P.1 should be eonsidered,
The eaJc u la tE'd max im wn de Oect ion s ha 1.1 a Iso be consid­
e l'ed in eva lua ting Ihe s u it<l b ilit y of equ.ìpme nl <l ncho red
lo the stilc k.
4.5.2 Oua l Wall or Multiflue Stacks. The force; due
lo co ntaci bet\-veen liners and thc sheU c f dU<l! wil ll or
Jl"I.ultiflue s teel st('lcks du e to any ve loei ty wind -up lo
the design \'eloeity sha11 be eo nsidered a t ali elevations
of th e sh('l1 and Liners. Once the de fl ec ted outer sheJI
lT'\ak es eontact to the plumbed Iiners due to wind load,
bot h th e outer shell ancllin er.~ deOec t toge ther as a com~
b ined section. The ou ter stl'tck shl'tll be designed to carr)'
a li the s tresses w ithout a ny he lp from lin e rs. Ho weve r,
l'he line rs shall be d esigned to ca rr}' the s tresses causcd
by late ra l d eflection .
17
, o , .,
4.6 Structural Shell Discontinuities
4.6.1 Discontinuities. Openings in the shell sha ll
be designed to maint C!. in Ih e minjmu m factors oi safe ly
specified far th e load in g co ndition5.
(Il) l'he top ancl bottom of th e breec hing opening sh a.U
be adE:'quately reinforced lo rransfer the cliscontinuiti es
of shcU stress back to !he fu ll eircu m ference of the she!!.
(b) The s id es o f breeehiJlg upe nings sha!! ac t as co l­
um ns or te ns ion members to w ìthsta nd the e nd reacti ons
o t th e ass umed ho ri zontal g ird e rs above flnd be luw the
opelllllg. Thest rength of a pla nee ut throug h theo pe ning
al any ele va tì on s h a l! be adegua te to w iths tand a li
applied IOi'ld s 011 the section.
(e) The breech ing opening reinforcement may serve
as a mean s of eo nn ec tin g Ihe breeching to the Imer or
s hel l. "l' he app licable co rr os ion allowanc e ::; h ,dl be
applied to the fei.n.foreemenl if exposed tll th c flu e gas.
4.6.2 Flanged Shell and/or liner Connections. For
into rmdt ion 0 11 fla nged s he U a nd /or li.ne r co nn ee lions,
see ClCl i'.TD or SMACNA p ub li ca tì ons in sect ioll 10.
4.7 Base
The base ring and a nehor bolts shaH be designed la
trcmsfer thf:: ~h."(:'l !'tack shear, compres...<;ion, élnd tl:.'nsile
forces to the su pp orting s tructure or !oW1da ti on i.n accor ­
d<lnce with proven des ign methods. No s trength incrcase
will be pennitted for wìnd or seismic loads.
4.8 Anchor Bolts
4.8.1 An cho r Bolt Te nsion. Anchor bolts s hall be
designed to tra nsfer ali te nsion and shea r fo rees to th e
fo undati on unJess ot he r methods are in w rpo rated to
accom plish th is purpose. The m aximum a neh or bo lt
ten sion, FI., may be determin ed (rom th e fo ll owi..ng re la ­
ti()n for ci re ul a r see li o n s ::ill ffi c ien tl y away fr o m
diseontilHl i Iiet!:
4lvh P
Ft• = ND;~ - N (4-17)
4.8. 2 Anchor Bolt Materia!. Ali anehor bolt ma terial
shaU con[onn to seet ion 2.
4.8.3 Anchor Bolt Loading. A.nchor bolt ca paeitics
fo l' te n::o ion a nd /o r shear shall not exceed th osc gìven
for ::oize of bolt a nd m<lte ria l ind icated in AlSC, la les t
ed it lOn. No lo"l(1 increase in bolts w il.l be pe rmitted for
w ind or seis mi e loading.
4.8.4 Load Transfers Between Anchor Bo lt s and
ShelL Tra nsfer o t loads between anehor bol ts and shell
sh a ll accornm oclate allload s and ecce ntricilies. An
increase in il ll c)\,va blc sheU stresses due lo wind or scis­
mic IOnds s hall not be a.llowed.
4.9 Foundation
Th e fOWld a tion ShdJl tran s(e r ali me'lncnt and shear
load s (stat ic and d ynam ic) to the suppOl' tin g soil or piles.
1 •
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011
Table 4.10.1.3-1
Cable Type La teral Deflection
Siruciurai bridge s{(and DJC to high sl iffness,
offers good resistance to
laleral f'luvemen l
Wire rope Rel.a ti\J ely high flexibitiry
lead s lo larger
deflect ion
Con cre te and ~ lecJ reinfo rce m e nt desig n shall comp ly
'.vith the [atesl editi o n of ACI 318 and AC I 301. A qu al i­
fi ed geotech n ica l e ngi neer sha ll review soi l boring and
pil e capaci ty test resu lts. The c0m b ined dead load o f
the s tack pl us the fOlUldil ti o n "veig ht ti mes the d ista nce
from the cen te r of the weig ht to the toe sha ll be a l le(lst
1.5 lim es thc d esig n mome nt.
4.10 Guyed Stacks
In a gl.l yed s t(1 ck, extcrnally appliecl loads (wind, ~E.'b ·
mic forces, etc.) are ca rri ed by th e stack sh cll as well as
by guys in tension . The te rm "gu)' wire" refe rs to wire
rape o r s tmctural bridge stra ncl. Sometimcs it is cllso
re fer red lO as a "s tay."
4.10,1 Guy Wire , [n de~ign and selection o( guy
wires. the fac to rs (1S statcd in pa ras. 4.10.1. 1 throu g h
4.10.1.5 s ho ul d b~ consid e recl .
4 .10.1.1 Guy Wire Spacing and Position . G u }'
wi re:.. a rE.' to be eq ua ll y spaced in p ian . A stac k .rnay
be g u yed Cl t o ne or more leve ls through it:; hE.'igh t. A
minimum o f three cab les (at 120 d eg trom each ot he r
aroun d the circumference) is rccommendecl at eùch leve l.
An angle of 4:; cleg to 60 deg bel\veen the g uy a nd
ho ri z0n t20 ) ax is of th e s tack is typica l.
4.1 0.1.2 Guy Wire Anchorage. C uy cables sha ll be
attached to a fix ed and s table s tructure or fo unclélti0!l
o ften referrecl to é'lS CI dead m a n o Each set of gu y wire
anchors shC1 u ld be at the same relative elevati0/1 above
g ro u ncl .
4,10.1 .3 Guy Wire Material. G u y w ires sha ll be
gillvan ized o r protec tecl f-rom co rr0sio n by o th e r sui tab le
m e(l ns, suc h (lS p last ic c0a ting o r lls ing sta inless ~ tee l
cable stra nd s. The fitt ings requ irecl in the Cl ssemb ly of
g\1y wires sh all be galvanizecl. See Tab le -1.10.1.3-1 fo r
cClb le selec tion cri teria, ç'lncl refer to para. 2.2.4 for more
dc ta,il s.
4.10.1.4 Guy Wire Pretensioningj Site Tensioning.
G uyed st20cks move laterally du e to w ind . With adegu ç'l te
initi nl ten~jon in. the guy s (pretensi oning), thi $ mov e­
rn cn t is reducecl. The prctc.n~ion fo rce c15 we ll <15 thc
, l '
• l,
Cable Selectlon Criteria
Therma l upansion Cons tructio n
Due to high Sfiffness , thermal ReQuires guy flttings for bo! h
expansion inuoduces large ends lo be instatled in
sl resses inCa Che cables, shop. Consequently, le ngth
slack, and founda tion ad justment in the fi eld is
timit(!d IO turnbuckle allow·
ance.
Fl exibi ti ty is more forgiving far FleJ;ibiliry atlows cable to be
themlal expansion, offerin g supp lied longe r than
less slress in cables, stack, re Quired and fleld ad justed
and found atio n
procedure fo r pretensioning sh" ll be es tab lb hed by the
d es ign e r. To avo id strctching of th e ca b les d ur ing COll­
stru cti on, which may alter the design co nd ition, use of
p rest re tch ed cab le is recommend ed, In the C(lse of hot
s tac ks (over 400°F), the pre ten sio ll i~ usua li )' less so th at
the ca ble is m ore forg ivi ng as the s l(lc k g rows. Howeve r,
the la tera l d e Rection of the s tac k w ill iocreilse due to
l'h is red uctio n in p re te ns io n. Conseg ue nti)'. the guyed
stack Illust be cm a!yzed in both hot and cold cond it ions.
A turnbuckle o r take-up, typi ca Uy prov ided a l the g uy­
wire· to-dead-man connection , a ll ow5 adju stment to the
ca bl(: to set the pretel1s io n. The effect of tem peròture
célusing differential therm (l! expònsion in stack and gu ys
shé1 11 be considered . n , e effec t of ice on g uys shall also be
co ns ide red. Re fe r to ASCE 7, Sec tion 10.0 for additional
informa t ion . The breaking s trength (8.5.) of the cables
sho uld be basecl on a minimum f('\ctor of sa fe t)' o f 3.
n ,e efficiency o f t he fittings sha ll a lso be considered.
For de tail ed infonn at ion , s uch a s m a te ri a l, 5ize , a nd
strength, re fe r lo fhe cab le rnan ufactu re r.
4,10,1.5 Guy Wire Inspection a nd Maintenance,
The g\ly \vire:. shou ld be inspec ted rreqllenll y. T h is lll ay
comp rise visllal ins pecti o n of the cabte or e)ec troma g­
ne tic measurement, whi ch es timates tbe los t meta l thick·
nesso Far insp ection frequen cy, refe r to para. 9.4.1. The
pretension of th e ca b les shou ld a l so be periodica Jl y
checked an cl ve rifi ed, It is recommendecl thç'lt th e guy
w ires be lu br icated and tc nsion verified every .5 y r.
4.10 .2 An alysis of Gu y Wire Stacks. After height
and sta bility cOl1sideratioJ1s, the guy wi re levels as 1;\le li
as the Il u m be r il nd ang l ~ of the gli )' wi res 5ha ll be estab­
lished by the d esig ne r. An(1 lysis () f a l11 ult iLevel g lly wire
stack is "e ry c0 mplex due to ma n y va ri dble 5u ppo rt
con di ti ons. T here fo re, timesav ing com pute r mod e li ng
fo r struch lra l analy~is is esse ntial. In compute r m ode1­
ing , thc foll o w lllg pé'l rame ters ITIUs t be considered :
(a) n onJin ear cé'l bl e e ffecb
(b) wind/ seismic loads in different directions
(e) the n na l cxpansion of the stack
(d) vortex s heddi ng of guy cd stacks
18
.,
." t ~
 ASME STS-1-2011

4.10.3 Guy Wire Attachment to Stack. Co mmercia l­ to wi.nd or seismic reac tio n at bracing le\·el.
rat ed capac ily of the cable shall be llsed for desig n of
glly wire <1tt<1ehmellt assembl y, including the Ilig. The 4.11.3.1 Stacks Supported by Other Struc!ures.
s t<1 ck shell silall be reinforecd al the attadunent leve l by Stacks m<ty be la tera ll y su pp0r ted by othe r structures,
5uc h <tS towers é1n d bu il ding.. . . No cred it fur shie!ding
ll sing eontinllous ring and s ti.ffeners <1S needed.
p ro vidcd by thc braei.ng bu.i.ldi.ng s hall be considered
4.11 Braced and Tower·Supported Stacks when eomputing d es ign wind . Th e bréleing assembl y
should allow ver ti ca l move ment due to thermal expan­
In (lddition lo freestanding stacks on typiccll grou nd­ sion. Stacks m ay <1 150 be vert'icaHy s upported by ather
based foundation or guyed s tacks, <1 s t(lck ma)' aL"o be structures. For prop er ana lysis, s trllctural interaction
s upported vertically or latera ll y al differen t eleva tions between the stack and its sllpporting s lTucture should
due lo strl..letur(ll re asons s l..lrr oll ndin g physica./ con­ be considered. .
str(lints and even sélfety re<1.50ns. Understanding <1dv<1n­
tages and structural cha rac teri s li cs o f s télck ~ LLpport 4.11.3.2 Stacks Supported on Top of Other
o ptions are prerequisites far anéll ys is an d de sign af Struetures. So m etim es short and Iight stMks are sup­
braced or tower-su pported stacks. pnrted on tnp o f equipm ent direetly belo\\' th em. In this
case, specia l attention sh;1\1 be given to ensure proper
4.11.1 Types of Supports . The rt.' are two types of
bJse é'lttachm enl and loa d tra.ns fer to the supporting
slClck suppo rls: \'e rtica l and la le ral or braced . Ve rticcd equi pmen t. When possibl e, the d esigner may consider
supporti may b~ above g round. Ex ample,:-; o ( Ih is kind placeme nt of <1 n ind epend ent structural fram e to su pport
of s uppor l would be a stilck su ppo rted on a steel frame fhe s lack and l1s ing (IJ) ex pallsion joint lInd er the stack
wi lhin <t s lruel'ural lower or a s tack sllpporled o n il to (onneet the stack to the equipmenl w ilhout an y load
floor or on top of a building. Con s id e r at i o n ~ for ~tac k s tTilns fe r hetween them . Where feClsib le, Cl stack may also
supported on olher st ru crures are d isc1l5sed in para. be supported o n a bu il di.ng roof or supported on <1 floor
-1:.11.3.2. Ex,ìmples of a lCl te ral.l y suppo rted stack \-vould
penetrating. and br(lced a t, the roof. In either case, thc
be a staek braeed agains l cì bLd!ding or by a strlletural base s upp or t co ndi tion shall bt' eva luated.
tower. A stack may be braced a t morE.' thalì one JOGltion.
Design considerations far thi s ty pe o f stack are disCLlS~l~d 4.12 Section 4 Symbols and Definitions
in para. 4.11.3,1 . It is very ilnporta nt that any eatwalk
connecting any bui ldin g to a stack be of a sliding connec­ A = cross·sect ion<1l area of staek pIa te, in. 2
tion type, where it does not pennit any horizontalload A H I' area o f s ta ek s tiffener é'lnd plate sec­
trJn sfer be tw een th e s tac k and cll nn ecting stnlcture. ti on, in. 2
Othervv ise. red islribution o f forces and stresses shall be Al' e ff ec tive peak velocity-rel a ted
co nsidered in 1n0de lin g and an alys is of the slaek. Refer <1Ccelera tion
t0 para. 4.11.3 ((I( furth er di scuss ion on an Jlys is. B = s ta ckdiam eter (used only in Mé1ndatory
Appen di x T, Cust Factor Cakulation), ft
4.11.2 Advantages of Vertically Supported and 8.5. brea kin g strength
Braced Stacks. Stacks s upported above ground usuall y b= coefficie nt g iveo in Ta bl e 1-1 of
have the opt ion o f receiving ex haus t duct attachment Mand ato fy- Appendi x I
from below, as well ns from the sides. A braced stack Cl = force eoefficicn t given in Tab le 1-5 o f
w ill reqlli rc a smallcr foundal io n as co mpa red w ilh a Ma nda tory Appendi x I
free-s tanding s taek with th e sa me height, ~i lÌ ee some of ( = co e (fi cle n t gi v en in Table l-l o(
the wind IOòd will be tran s ferred to the adjacent brac ing Ma lldatory App('ndix 1
structure. Due to th e sn!l1e load transfer, a br<1eed s té'lck D = di,ìme ter of s t<1e k a l elev ati o n lInd er
alsa has fewer s hell s tresses as eompéHed with é'I free­ consideré'ltiolì, in.
standing stack, th e fef are req lliring thinner shell or Du..' = diameter of anehor bolt ctrde, in .
smé1l1er dianlet e r. Fo r nìllitiplatform and tali stacks, E modulus of ela~tieity at meal1 shell tem­
some tirnes aCCC5S to th e platfonn can be provided by pera ture, psi
catwa lks (rom th e fldjacent building rather than a Jadder FII anchor bolt tension force, lbf
tram grOllnd leve!. rn the case of the tower-supported
FS ::; factor of safety
s tacks, tÌl c tO\·vcr also has the (ldvantage of providing
F]I yield strength at meaJ1 shdl tempera ­
an easy "nd safe fri'lm ework f0r s ta ireases é'lnd tes t
ture, psi
p l.a lfo rl1l s.
J~ circumferential stress in th e sh ell due to
4.11.3 Analysis. Th e s tac k sho u ld b~ a u a l)'zed external wi.nd pressure, psi
hased Olì a mode! considedng rig idity o f the 5upporli ng Cl :;;: g us t effect fac to r
st ructu re and conn ect ing co mpon ell l between the st<1ck HII heig ht of hill o r escarpment g lve n i.n
and slippo rti ng st ru eture. Sii ffeners a re req llired around Fi g. 1-2 nf Ma ndato ry Appendix L ti
tl ll:' pt'l"i.m.ete r of the- SlclCk lo resis t Ihe focal s trc~s(>s due li hei ght of stack. ft

19

(1
"
 ASME STS·1-2011
importance fa ctnr g ivcn in Table 1 ~3 of
Mandatory Appcndix I
J~e::iion moment of inertia of stac k sec ti on, in. 4
[,..Lp moment of inertia nf stack s ttffe ner <tnd
pia te section, in:\
l, intensit)' of hHbulence <tI lH:'ight Z
K circumferenti"l s tress coe ffeci ent
K, velocity pressure ex posure coeffic ient
ev"luted at height z
topograpl"tic factor for along wind pres~
Sllre calculation
topographic Inultipli ers given in Fig. I~2
of Mandator)' Appendix l
L, tw o tim es the C'l'veril l! stack height fur
sec gust speed at 33 ft 8b('l"e groW1d in
canlileve r stac ks o r 1\-\'0 t im es cantileve r
ex posure Cf\ legor)' C, associ,Hed with
portion or heigh t for guided stacks {or
stresses in thil l cantilevc red seclion or
eq uall ed o r exceeded (50~y r mean reCllr~
the di stance betwec n la leral su ppo rts,
rence inte rva l), mph
fnr stresses in the sec tio ll between 1211­
eral suppo rts, in .
distance upwind of hi ll cres t or esca rp~
L"
meni in Fig. 1-2 of 1V!('t ndatory Appe ndix
I lo where the diffcrence in ground ele~
valion is half the heigh t of hi Il or cscarp~
menL ft
integrall ength sca le of hlrbulence <'I t the f3
equìvaJent height, ft
I, spacing betw ee n circum ferenti"l sti f~
fene rs, determined as the sum of h<'llf
of the disl ance 10 adjacent st iffeners un
eith er si cJ e o t th e st iffener lInder c0nsid­
erati on, in .
M m oment in s tclck al ele\'iltion undercon­
sideratioll due lo wind or earthquake
lo.ds, Ib(-in . l('DI~J
momenl at the base of the s tilck due tn
per unit height, Ib( 1ft
MI>
..vind o r car thquake load s, Jbf~in .
MQ In omenl al !he bnse o f the s lack due to
W (,) loading, Ib(-H
5,1 Scope
N nu mbe r o f <tn chor bol ts
N, coefiicien t llsed to calclliate the re~o~
nani response factor
II, firs t nahJral frequency of the stack, Hz
p d e~ d [orl d o f s tack "bove elC'vation
under considera tion, lb
design .
Q = backgfC'lLllld response factor
5,2 Oynamic Responses
f'/p = s tack d raft press ure, psf
q, ex ternru wi.nd press me on st"ck shC'll at
elevatì on under consider<1tion, psf
R = resonanl l'esponse f"ctor
RB, R,u R.J = re::.o nan ce re:->ponse factors us ed in
MandMo ry Append ix I
R" = v<1l uE.' o btain ed from equati o ll in
Ma nd a tory Appendix I 5.2.1. 1 Frequencies. Stack irequenciesand co l'l'es­
,. = weig hted mea n rad ius of gyratifln for
eleva tion und er consideration, in.
20
IO .. . I .od 1 J c ,
S", allo""able combined longitudinal c ('lm~
pressive a nd bend ing stress, ps i
a llowab le circumtercntia l compressive
stress in s hell. ps i
allnwable circ ulOferentiill ùnnpre!)si\'e
slress in s liffe ne rs a nd b~nd o f she ll
pia te, ps i
allmvablc lo ngitudinal co mpressive
stress in shell, psi
5~+1' section modu!u s of stélck stiffener and
p!ate sect ion, in .:J
I stack shell or liner wall thickness, in.
V basic wind speed co rresponding to a 3~
an ann.uòl probab ilily of 0.02 of being
(I, mea n hou.r1y ""ind speed , ft/sec
y coeffici ent used to c(1 lcul<lte longitudi·
na l com pressive stress
z elevat ion und er co nsid era tion, ft
Z e qui v~ l e llt heig ht of 5ti'lck, ft
ii cne ffici e nt s given in Table 1~1 of
Mòndatory Appendix J
= to tRI damping v81ue
È coe ffici e nt s gi\'C'n in Table 1~1 of
Mand atory Appendix I
ry = coeffici ellt used to calculate the reso­
nan~ response factor
w(z) tot,1\ i'1 10ng-wmd IOi'ld on ~tack per unit
hcight, Ibllft
w( z) = mean a l ong~ wind IO<'ld on st,Kk per lmit
leng th, Ib( 1ft
= f1uctuati ng along-1,.\'ind lo ad on stack
5 OYNAMIC WINO LOAOS
SCCl ion 5 cons id ers the dvn"mic wind load effects o n
s teel s tncks. Sinct.' s ted sta~ks are lightweighl, flexibJ e
structures with lo'.\' inherenl structur<l ) damping , the
dyn8mic e ffec ts o f wind shall be con~idered in th e
5.2.1 DynamicCharacteristics. Thedyn<'lmic (harac·
teri s tics o f niltLlr<l1 frequencies, corresponding m ode
sh<lpe~, i'1nd damping shall be considered in wìnd l o"d~
in g. Ali m ocl es of \'ibration th<'lt could occLir based up on
th e wind 1 0(l d ~ considerecl in the design shall be
inve.:'1 igil ted.
pond ing mode shapes are a function of the stack con figu­
ra tion and the ve rtical and I.. ter<'l ! ~ upp o rt condi tions.
l "
 ASME STS-1-2011
Table 5.2.1.2·) Representative Structural
5.2.1.3 Aerodynamic Damping. Aer{'dynamic
Damping Values (f3J
d"mping sha Jl also be considered. Tl1e aerodynami c
Damping Va tue
Support
Rigid Support Etastie Support
Type Welded Stack (NoIe (1)1 INote (1J1
Unlined 0.00 1 0.004
Li ned 0.003 0.006
INOte (1)
NOTES.
O) f oun dations on bedroek. end-bearing piles. or olher rigid
base support eonditions.
(2) for foundalions wHh (riclion piles or mal foundations on soil
or othe , elastie base su pport condil ions.
(3) li ning musI eonsisl or a minim um 2 in. Ih i(k, nominally
100 pef density tiner material for stack lo be co;:sidered
li ned for Ihe use of this table.
The frequC'ncies il nd nwde ~hapes sh<1l1 be calculclted
u:5i.ng a suitab le mathematicill modeling meth od.
5.2.1.2 Mathematical ModeUng. Appropriilte
detailed calculation methods shall be used for dynamic
JnJlysis of more complex configurations. These
co nfigurations include stacks with variable dì a met ers
and thickness, inner liners, stacks with internai coatings,
guyed or laterally supportcd stacks, derrick-supported
stélCks, or stacks with flexible foundations. Thc finite
element analysis techniques shall be used in these cases.
Howe\'er, for simple stack configurations, simpler m od­
els can be used if justification can be provided.
(a) For steel stacks supported (m rock or finn so il
and / or supported 01\ end-be<Hi.ng piles, a fix ed-base
modeJing approach is acceptable. For s te el s tacks sup ­
portcd 0n buildings, the interaction effec ts of the build­
ing sha.!.l be included. For steel stacks sup por ted \vith
shallllw foundati ons on soil or fri ction piles, appropriate
methods ot analysi.s sha ll be used to account fl)r interac­
tion effects. Pcuametri c studies O1ay be lleC eSSi\ry to
accou nt for the unccrtainty of soil propertì es.
Consideration sho uld be g;ven ;n the de~ i gn to the
co rros; on or erosion of the stack or !ine r, whic h cOLl ld
affecl the frequen cy.
(b) Ollmping. Steel stac ks have relat i\'ely low inhe re nt
structural dam p ing. Addi tional damping Illay be ga in cd
h"OlO the illclu~i o n of a brick or refractory lining, jo und d­
ti nn sy~ tf:'m , o r aerodynamic methods thtH disllJpl vo r­
tex formali on. although the IlI st mel)', in facl, redu ce thc
damping.
For w in d load s, the ~ tru c tura J damping va ll.Ies, #"
s how n in Table 5.2. 1.2-) have been observed (or steel
s tack s. Damping va lu es o th e r th an th ose show n in
Table 5.2.1.2-1 O1<1y be used for Sllpport cond itions th a t
have inherentl y large dllmp in g or utili ze th e damping
methods of para . 5.3.2, wh en jus tiHed by resull s of test­
mg or analys is. Co nsideration shoul d be giv en t0 s tacks
supported 011 s teel frames .
21
., , , , ,
" •
damping value, f3lv is calcu lated as fo11o\Vs :
(/"!) For ala ng wind response
_ C, p DV,
(5-1 )
f3~ - 41711///1
w here
lI1a = ma ss pe r unit length of the top one -third of the
s t(1ck
(lJ) For Cl. crosswi nd motion respanse, the effcc ts a t the
ae rodyna.m ic damping are jncl uded in the procedures
d esc ribed in Norunanda lory Appe ndi x E.
The tOICl I dClmping sha ll be as foll o\.Vs:
/3 = /3, + /3. (S-2)
5.2.2 Wind Responses
(a) Vortex Shedltil1g. Across wind loads for pl um b o r
neé'!rly p lu mb (less th ('1n ±10% d iametc r v<Hi<lt ia n over
th e top onC' -third ) stacks, thc mean hou rly speed al fi \'e­
sixth height above gl'mmd, V z (h / sec), shall be u sed
for evaillating the crit icaI vortex shedding \· d uc it y. The
\'a.lue of V ~,.,. sha11 be ca1culaled as fo!1ows:
(5-3)
The cri tica i '-'Iind speed f0r vor tex shedding (ft/sec) f()r
fì ny mode of vibration is g iv e n by
(1) Vortex shedd in g 10é'!ds shall be cé'!lculated for
all modes of v ibr(lt ion wherc Ve < V-:. The procedure
in N0nmanda t0ry Appendix E may be used. Fatigue
analysis rlH.1 st be co ns id ered. The vortex shedding loads
need not be combi.n ed with long \-\'ind k,ads.
(2) Vortex shedd ing loads shall be calculated for
él ll modes ofvibration where V l . < Ve < 1.2Vl . The pro­
cedure in Norunandatory Appe';ldix E may bé~llsed. The
resu ltin g loads may be reduced by the factor
(~;r Fa'i glto anal y5is necd no' be considered.
(3) lf Ve > 1.2V l , then respo nse vor tcx s hedd ing
can be ign ored . C'
For variab le diame te r stacks, a range of criticaI speeds
mu st be coos id e red. The procedure in Nonmandatory
Appe nd ix E may be used for va riable diameter stacks.
(b) O VlI J/i l/g. The in.t e nnediate application o f vo rtex
forces 0 0 the stack could cause ovall ing resonance. The
lined s t<1ck is more res istant lo ovalling beca use the Iin­
ingc(lntributes toa high natural freq ue ncy and inc reased
damping for fhe elastic ring; Iherefo re, o\'aJling need
noi be considered for li ned stacks. TI1e llillin ed s tac k
p ossesSC's very little damping to I"estrict o\'a lling and
11l1'l )' experience excessive s tresses and deflecti ons a t the
 ASME STS- 1-20 11
crit ica I nva ll ing vv" ind vel0c ity. For unlined stee l stac k5,
the ovalling natura l freep..lency is calculated a5 fo Il0\\'5:
(5-5)
" "d the criticaI w in d velocity for ov"dIi.n_g is
(5 -6)
H the V(l is less rhan V::, the llllliJl cd stack sho uld be
l"l'iniorced \ovHh ri.ng st lffeners meet ing the req u irel11en t ~
of Table J.4. 7-1. The required minimum sect io n mod ul lis
of stiffen er, S~ (in .:' ), with respect to the neu tra l ax is of
its cwss sec ti on peuall el tn the longitudin a l nx is o f the
stack is
w here 1.711 sha ll be 0.6 F ~
In the aren w here he lic.. 1 stmkes a re attached to the
s tack, ring stiffene rs may be oOl itl eci if jt can be proven
that the helic al s trakes provide adequa te st iifness.
(e) lJ1I t'1jt're1lce Effeels. A stack d ownwind o f ano ther
stack may ex per icnce larger vortex shcdding loads than
an un abs tr uc te d s tack. When th ~di s t a nc e be tw('en
stacks, A, dividcd by the diameter, D, of ~h e obslructed
stack is less l'han 15, the Strouh al number, S, shall be
de te rminecl fro m eq. (S -B). The resultin g incrclIse in vor­
tex shedcling veloc ity a nd result ing 10é'ld s sh<'l ll be co n­
sid e red. Thi s increase may result in increasing the c ritica l
veloci ly b eyn ncl th e des ig n cOlls id e ra ti o n va lu e of
1.2\1 , fo r w ind direclions nea r the linc of the slac ks.
(/ ) Fo r A/D ~ 15
1(il )
5 =0.16+ - - - 3
3no 5
(5-8)
(2) Far A/D> 15
5 = 0.20
(3) Fn r a li slacks Ihat a re ide nt ica l é'l nd ha ve ce nte r­
lo-ccn te r d ista nces o f less tha n tluee mean d iélmete rs,
or fo r s lacks that are no i iden tic()1. inte rfe rence effects
sha Il be estabEshcd by reference to mode! test or olher
studies of si.milar arran gements.
5.3 Prevention of EX-cessive Vibrations
M<'Iny methods have been used lo prevent excessive
vib ra ti <ms in s tac k design s. lt is no t th e purpose af thi s
Sté'll1da rd to determine the CXdct m etho d tn be used in
the deslgn o t stilcks bui rathe r lo indica te so m e methods
tha l ha ve been sllccessfu ll y used. O ne o r m ore o f the
fo ll o w ing m et hod s h a ve bcen s h ow n lo pre v ellt o r
dimin ish resonant vibratio ns: ~erod y n amic , dampin g..
and s tiffe ning method s.
22
" .,
5.3.1 Aerodynamic Methods. Aerody nam ic m e th­
ods disn1pt the forma tia n o f vo rti ces 0 11 the sid es of the
s tack and l imi! the source o f v ibration.
5.3.1.1 Helical 5trakes. A three- s t a rt se t o f
curved-plate heli ca l s tmkes ) 20 deg apclIl o n the s tac k
circumference m<'l)' be a tt ached lo the oute r s llfface of
the stack with th l' s tra kc pla le approximat ely perpendi c­
ular to the s ta ck sll rface <'I t a!! points. TIle pitch of the
heli>: sho uld be ri ve tirnes the ac rod y namic dillmete r,
and the s tra ke sho ul d p rojec t o ne-te nth diamett>r fro m
Ihe aerod ynamic diame tel'. Sh'a kes of ad equat c s truc­
turaI thickness shou ld be prov ided on the top o ne- third
of the s tack height. Eac h stra ke is to be aerod y n" m ic(1 l1 y
continu ou s excep t a t speci fic locations whe re Cll ts may
be necessilTy to cJeé'lr rin g stiffeners or o ther <l tt é'lch.ments .
The maximum g<'lp a llowed betvveen the s tack shell él nd
hellcal sh·a ke s h<'l ll be eq ual to 0.1 x strake width. The
presen ce oi s tré'lk es s ignificantly incr e<lses th e drag
forces, and a d r"g farce coefficient of 1.4 lI sed in conju nc ­
ti o n w ith th e o ut sid e d iamete r (includi ng ill Sl1 1él tio il a lld
lagg ing ) of the sta ck is recommend ed. Segrn e nts o f flat
\'erti cal strilkes iIt he lical locations a re not acceptab le
me lh od s fa r d isrupting vortices.
5.3.1.2 Shrouds. Stabili ty again st la tem l vibration
can al so be ach ieved by mounting a pcrfa ré'l ted cylindri ­
cal shroud th at covers thc upper 30% of th e stack jength.
TIle gap between shroud and stack sho uld be 6% to 12%
af the s télck di " meter, and the pe rforations should be
circllI"r h o lcs meas uring 5°t:, to 7'}'" of th e sté'lck diame ter
o n the side a ncl sho uld cClmprise a min imum of 30% o f
the shro ud surface a rea . Valu es sta ted are m inimum s
a nd may bc m odifi ed if proven by testing.
5.3.2 Damping Methods. The second ca tego ry co n­
sis ts of a tté'lc hm ents and alLxiliary s tnlctures thél t absorb
d ynamic energy irom the moving s tac k.
5.3.2.1 Mass Damper. Th e mass d amper repre­
sents <'I secondary mass-spring sys tc m <'Itt élched to the
top o f th e s tac k. TI1C mass ratio of the seco ndary system
to thc cqui"alent mass of a stack at the a ttaclunent loca­
tio n is no rm a ll y IlOt more tha n 5%. This method has
dem o ns tra ted the ca pabil.ity to prov id e a dél mping value
of u p to approximate ly 0.05.
5.3 .2.2 Preformed Fabl'ic Pads . Th e con t ro l a f
d a mping in él s ta ck is obtaincd by in staJJing a pre fo rmed
fabric l' ad a t the ba se af the s tack. The p lacemen t of the
fab ric pads sha ll be such ilS to enSl.lfe that a H st ress paths
betwcen th e s tack and its support are thr()llgh segments
of th e f<'l bric pacls. This wiU rcquire the addition of il
pre fo rmed fabric pad (washe r) and stee l backing pl<lÌ('
be nt'<'I th eac h ancho r bolt nul. Tl,i s me tho d has been
d e mon s tr a ted lo prov lde '" da mpin R va lue up to
i1 pprox im a te ly 0.03.
5 .3.2. 3 Other Oevices. O th e r d e vi ces s u c h as
h<1 ngi.ng chain s or impact d a rn p ing be tween the lining
"
.. ,­
 ASME STS·1-2Ql1
ancl. the shell «(lf dual W(lU (lf ll1Ultiflue stacks) hm'e been
proven to increase damping in CI stack system during
vibration. The damping va lues pr(wided sh(lll be dacll­
Illented by design (Il" testing.
5.3.3 Stiffness Methods. The res pa nse to \'ortex
shedding can be s ignific<lntl y a ffected by changing the
cri tiGli diamet er, s tac k height, ITlCl SS distributioll, o r add­
ing letter al s uppo rt"S or guy wires to the stack systeLn.
Changcs to these factors can be llscd to increase the
critica] velocity beyond 1 .2V~,~ ()f l0wer the criticaI veloc­
ity to an acccptabie level.
5.4 Section 5 Symbols and Definitions
A horiz ont;tl d ist1'l.nce between stacks center­
lines, ft
ii co dfi c ien t given in T"ble [-1 of Mandat o!'y
Append ix I
c, force coeftkie nt g iven in Table 1-5 of Manda tory
Appendi x I
D diameter of st<lc k ilt eleva tion lInd er cons id er­
atio H, ft
D mea n d iameter j()f the segment .2 , t0.22 or for
stacks ± 10% variatilm over the top one-thi rd the
\,',11ue of D is the aver,lge over the top one­
Ulird, fl
lo oVil !ling natural frequency of the stack, Hz
I Importan ce Fac tor from Table 1-3
'e spal"ing between circumferential stiffeners,
deterll1lned a.s the sum of half the di.str'lllCC to
~d j acen t stiffener:. 011 either side of the stiffener
und e r cOlls id e ratioll , ft
In, mass per unit le ngth of upper o ne-third o f s tac k,
Ib/ fl
natural frequency for mode being cons id e red,
'" Hz
5 = Strolth.-\! number, usua Uy used as 0.2 for s ing le
stac ks and may vary due to Reyno!d s nHmbers
and multiple stacks
S, m.i.nimum sectiol1 rnodulus of st<'lck stiffeners,
in :'
I = stack she ll or liner \-vall thickness, in.
V = basic wind speed wrresponding to 11 3-sec gllSt
speed al 33 ft above ground in exposllfe crtte­
gor)' C. associated with an MUlua) probability
of 0.02 of being equaUcd o r exceeded (50-y r
meiUl recurrellce intelva l), mph
V, = critica i w ind s peed for vo rtex sheddi.ng, h /sec
fixed ladd er o r fa stened to the s tructure to enc! ose the
V, = reference design s peed, w h ich is V fa ctored b y
cJ imblng s pace of Ihe ladd e r (see Fig. 6.2.6-1).
the importance fa ctor V/l, mph
17, = mean hourly wind speed, {t /sec
(limbillg protecl ioll d~ v ice: a ve rtic<'ll ~ upp t) rt s)'stcJn other
V, = mea n hour!y wind speed at L.C"' (t /sec
than a cage, used Il) COtljl11lction w ith a ladder, w hich
t\o" = ovall ing criticai wind \'e!ocity, ft/sec
Za = eleva tion equ,11 to five-sixth st;tck height, ft
tl: = coefficients given in Tabl e I-l of Mandatory
Appendix!
/3 = lotal damping \'alue
.1
f3.l = aerodY Iì(1rnic damping value
(j, = stn.lChua! damping value
7T = pi (3J 41593)
p = de nsity of aie Ibm /ft)
if~ = allowable tensile st ress in titack ~l"iffeller, psi
6 ACCESS ANO SAFETY
6, l Scope
Sectioll 6 appLies to the design a nd COllstn1c ti on of
permanently installed equipment wnunonly llsed for
accessing steel stacks. Eqllipm en t used in the COlls truc­
tioJ1, inspection, and demohti on of stee l slacks is noi
inc\uded.
6,2 Generai
6.2.1 Purpose. The access safety optio n of the
Sta nd ard ha s thC' purpose o( protecting perso ns by estab­
lishi.ng mjnimum sta ndard s fOf Ihe desig n, ins tallation ,
a nd mil inten<lIlCe of eqllipme nt used lo provide ilCCCSS
to steel s tacks.
6.2.2 limitations. Access to il s leel s tilck shall be
provided and used only when reql1.ired far in5pecti on,
testing, and mai.ntc.:n ,lnce. Access .shall 1101 be provided
when prohibited by government reg ulations, locallaw5,
Or ordinances.
6.2.3 Maintenance o{ Equiprnent. Alt equipment
llsed in pwviding access to stee l stacks shal! be main­
tained in a serviceable condition at a.1I times. Inspection
of ladders, platf(l(ms, and other equipmen t llsed to
access steel stacks shall be made on a regular basi s,
preferably once each year.
6.2.4 Welding. Ali welding shall be in Clccordance
w ith the St nlCtllfil l We lding CodeI Steel, AWS 01.1 (Ia t­
est edition) pub!ished by the America n Welding SociC'ly,
or Seetion IX of the ASME Soiler and Pressure Ves5e!
Code, Welding ilnd Brazing QuaJifica tions.
6.2.5 OSHA. Ladders, plat{(")fn1s, and other equip­
ment used to acce ss stee l stacks must confonn to the
05HA Standard (29 CFR 1910).
6.2.6 Definitions
cage (also known ~s clI~e guard or M.<òkel gllard): a barrier
that tS a n e nc\osu re mOllnted cm the siderails of the
wi!l limit a perso n's fa I! tram a lad der wlthoul ha\'lng
to continuausly m allipulate the devi ce.
grab bnr: an individunl handhold placed adjacent to, or
as an cxtension above, ;t ladder for the purpose of pro­
\'iding safe acces:;/egn?ss for a llser of the Jadcl e r.
23
, 'e
•

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. 6.2.6-1 Example of the Generai Construction of Cages

l8-in. min. +
l 5 -in. m i n . -'--f-r--i-I
20·in. max. T­
\

- ---{­
I

.\,I 2
',->n. h omon t a I b
1~x~-in.
vertical ~ars7
'7
d

_ 27-in. min.
~I
- ·E 1 3D-in. max.
" \f
~o
. .~
~

"'" J
~
Weld (typic
o J
El
é
,:;;
o

lf'JT T
x
m
: m
x
Ladder ~
o
E E , , ,

é
" "
6 " = 2;
o

<!o 4-in. flare ",'

6~
4-in. flare
x
/ ~ •E
~ I
o

== I
TI.
31-1n. min.
.< •x
EE
.< •x
E E
l----r
3l-in. min.
o

34-in. max. 34-n. max.

'"cC '"00 "''''
r-:..cb o
, ,
" '"
Access Through Access Laterally Example of Cage
Ladder From Ladder Elevation

ladde}": a device incorporated or employing steps or
rungs on which a person may step ascending or descend­
ing and siderails or gmb bar::; for holding.
fadda, 51de step: a ICldder that reql1ires a person Clccessing
or egressing to or from the ladder to stcp sldeways.
ladda, stl'(J througJr: a lCldder that requires a perso n
accessing or egressing at the top to step between the
siderails.
fadda SlippOr!: a dc\'ice for attaching Cl
vertical intervening spaces between the extreme points
of access/egress.
pitch: the included ,mgle between the horizontal and
léldder, which is measured on the opposi te (back) side
oE the ladder from the dimbin.g side (se e Fig. 6.2.6-2).
plaljonn: a surface that is used for working, stClnding,
or transferring from one laddef scction to anothcr.
lCIdder to a struc­ capabie of perfonni.l1g its in.tended function
SC I ì.'iceab!e:

rure, building, or equipment. within its design parameters.

lalldlllS or res! pla~ronw il surface that ls used when trans­
ferring from one sectiolì of Cl. ladder to another or for
rE'sting.
/rllgfh oj eli/ilo: the total verbcal distance a person could
clìmb in traveling between the extreme points of accessi
egress for a fjxed iadder, whether the ladder is of an
unbroken length or consìsts of multiple sections. Ihis
total vertical distance is detcrmincd by including all
spaccs between illl ladder steps or rungs çlnd illl other
siderm·l: the side members of fixed ladder joined at inter­
va.1s by cUher rungs or steps.
tod l(lilrd: a barrier erected along the exposed edge of a
platfonn to prevent objects from falling, which could
create hazards to persolls below.
well: a wJlled encl05ure around Cl: fixed ladder, which
provides thc pcrson clilllbing the ladder with protectioll
sirnilar to a cilge.

2!.J

,11 ~
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig.6.2.6·2 Minimum ladder Clearances

30·in. min.
,oor, platform, roo1,

b or other obstruction s

I
?I+-----"-'-=-=----+1
24-in . min .

r1. ,. ~--'--t
60 deg
16-ln.
I
~+- ______~~
32~-in
~.~~i~
m n ____ -+

_ 7 in. lO ~ of rungs
Pitch
90·deg max.
, Reduced Clearance
Deflector Plate for
Normal Clearance Head Hazards

6.3 Fixed ladders 6.3.4 Dead Loads. The weight af the ladder and
nlt nched <1ppurtenances ~ haH be considered simultane­
6.3_1 Application. TI1.iS Section applies to nel;\' fix ed
ously with the liv e loads in the design of siderails, sup­
ladders on new or existing steel s tacks. LZldders used
ports, Zlnd fa s tenings.
for steel stack access must conform to ANSI A14.3 (latest
edition) Safety Code for Fixed Ladders. 6.3.5 Pitch. The pitch of a f-ixed ladder shall nevcr
cxcecd 90 dC'g nor be lCo.'ss than 75 deg hom the hori­
6.3.2 Materials of Construction. Refer to sec tiol1 2
2u ntJI. The pitch shall not be such that a person's posi­
of this Standard for materials of construction.
tion is below th e 18dder when climbing. (See definition
6.3.3 live loods af pitch in para. 6.2.6 and Fig. 6.2.6-2.)
(a) Lil!C Loads lmposed by Persolls
6.3.6 C1earances. The dbtance from the centerline
(1) The minimunl design live IOfld sha ll be two
af th e rungs to the nearest perm<ment object on the
toads ot 250 lb each co ncentTated between al1)' two co n ~
climbing side of the l"dder sh"dl not be let-s than 36 in .
secut ive ladde r 5upports. Each stcp o r rung in the ladde r
for a p i'eh of 75 deg and 30 in. (see Fig. 6.2.6·2).
s hall be desìgned far il singl e concent1'ilted li "e h.)ad of
fa) The distance from the centcrlme of the mngs to
250-lb minimwn .
lhe nea rest pe rmanen t object on the opposite (back) s ide
(2) The number and pos iti on of add itional co ncen­
~ha ll not be tess than 7 in. (see Fig. 6.2.6-2).
trated li ve Inad un its of 250 Ib each, determ ined from
fb) A d ear side-to-side w idth o( a t least 15 in. shall
anticipated lIsage of the ladde r, s hall be cons id ered in
be p rov ided each way from the ce nterl ine o( thc ladd er
the d esig n.
in the climbing space, except whe n cages are used (see
(/1) Olher LiIIl' Loads. Th e iollow ing live load s ha ll be
Fig. A.3.6-1).
considered in the des ign, ....... here applicable:
(c) The d istance from the centerline of a gl'ab bar to
(1) ice on pa rts of the ladd er é\.Ild appu rtenances
th e neMest pennanent object in the back of the gr<1b bar
(2) maximum anticipated ...... i11 d or seism ic load ing
s haU not be l e~ than 4 in . Th e g rab bars shall no t pro­
on <1n pilrts of thc ladder
trud e on the climbing sid e beyond the nmgs of the
(3) anticipa ted impac t lotlds res ult ing from t.he U5C
léldde r tha t they serve.
of climbing protection devices
(() U l'( Loarl C01!Cl:l1tratioi!. Alllive loads shall be con ­ 6.3.7 Landing Platforms_ Whe n cClged ladders are
sidered to be concentrated a t a point or points tira t will 115>ed to <lscend to heights excecd1.ng 50 ft (excep t as
cause th e maxirnufrl s tr ess in th e s tnlctural member provided in para. 6.3.10), landing p la tforms shall be
being considered. spaced at intervals of 50 ft or less. Where insta ll at ion

2S

'II , .. ICI ~ j
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. 6.3.6-1 ladder Dirnensions, support spacing, and Si de Clearances

[
~
-­

t12-in. max. cenLers,

ali rungs 3-ft,6-in.
min.
,
V-16-in. clear width
between side rails
! 1 5-in. mi~.1

I 10-ft, O-in. nominai

max. spacing o f ­
I supports
,
~15in.
i
/l' Min. clearance to
any permanent
obstruction for
i ladder without
cage or well
'i. 1-- 7-in ..min.
12-ln. max.
Ll D
,
Support Spacing, Ladder Side Clearances
Dimensions, and Side Clearances far Side-Step Ladders

conditions (even for a short, unbroken length) reguire
that adjacent sections be offsct, landing platforms shall
be provided at each offset. The total depth of platform
shal.1 provide a rninunum space of 30 i.ll. from the ladder
on the cJimbing side. The width of the platfonn s11a1l
not be less than 30 in. The grating and straight reguire­
ments for landing platforms shall be the sa.me as work
platfonns (see para. 6.4.3).
6.3.8 Access/Egress. The siderails of step-through
and side-step fixed ladders shall extend at lea.st 42 in.
above the roof, parapet, or landing plCltfom1, preferably
being gooseneck, unless other convenient and secure
handholds (grab ba.rs) a.re fixed (It such places.
(17) For step-through ladders, the rungs shall be omit­
ted fro1l1 thb extension. For step-through ladders, the
step-across dist8nce from the centerlinc of the rung to
the nearest edge of the structure, building, or equipment
shall not be less. than 7 in. or more th,111 12 in. If the
norma! st('p-acros~ dbtance exceed" 12 in., a landing
platform shall be provided to reduce the distance to
betvveen 7 in. and 12 in. for these step-through ladders,
the sarne rung spacing Llsed on the ladder shall be used
from the landing platform to t11e first nlng belo\-\' the
landing (se. Fig. 6.3.8-1).
(b) For side-step or offset fixed ladder sections at land­
ings, the siderails <1nd rungs sha.1l be carried to the nexl
regular rung beyond or above the 42-in. minimum men­
tioned Clbove. Side-step ladders at the point of accessi
egres5 to Cl pl8tform shall have <1 step-across distance nf
15-in. minirnum Clnd 20-in. maximum from the centerline
of thc ladder. For side-step lémdings, the platform sh<111
be located at the sa.me le\'el as one of the rungs.
6.3.9 Safety (ages. Except as provided in par<1.
6.3.10, sé'fety cages shall be provided for a.ll l<1dders to
a maximum unbroken length of 50 ft (see para. 6.3.7).
(a) Ca.ges sha.1l extend to a. rninirnum oi 3 in. to 6 in.
ab("lve the top of a la.nding unless other acceptable prn­
techon is prO\'ided.
(b) Cages sha1l extend do\-v]) the ladder to a point not
less than 7 ft or more th,ln 8 ft <1bove the b<1se of the
ladder \vith the bottom flared not less than 4. lll" or the
portion of the cage opposi te the ladder shall be c<1rried
to the base.
(c) C<lges sh<111 not extend less than 27 in. or more
than 30 in. from the centerline of the rungs of the bdder.
Ca.ges sh<1[J not be less than 27 in. in width. The inside
shall be clear of projcctioIlS. Vcrtical bars shall be located
at maximum spacing of 40 deg around the cìrcumference
of the cage. This will give a mé1ximum spacing nf approx­
im<-1tely 91,;2 in. center-to-center of the vertical bars. There
sh<1U be seven \'ertical bars localed inside the hoops.

26

IL "
 ASME STS-1-2011

]
-
24-;n. m;n.. 30-;n . max.
except 3-h, O·in. max.

where LSD is used

1
Fig. 6.3.8-1 Landing Platform Dimensions

G,;ndSmOOlh-"~ L
3-h,6-in.
I1t====~t-
: I
Weld (typicall
min. : t
r Top of rlJOg flllSh

with top of floor

~ I '\;
~ or Platform;;.

1/
Floor or
l
X
Lo.. platfo<m Hne \
' ~~~~~_~_~~uL- ;
'g Weld IIVP,call-h
D 16·in. clea r

­ ~i j~,~
ì!
-+~;~~:~~;~~~;~;~t-T
I Ancho r straps
'

f--- Sleps o r r ungs ­

12-in OC max.

-'-fr±~r~1- 7· ;n. m in.

Grating
I ~
platform
fastener I
\ ~
..c:b...
Flo or or
platform line ~ l
pr::rrro:m±i;l:i:ij':rrJIIm:: :::mÌrIrJ:@m:1IJI':
El eva tion
1" 'I
$ide View

(d) Hc,op bars shall be l~ in. x 2 in. steel minimum
w ith a maxbnum s pac ing of 4 ft nn centers.
(e) Vertic(l l bl'lrs shall be s ized -Y.6 in . to 1"S. in . mini­
mum . Verti ca l bars s ha U be \.\'elded o r bolted togethe r
and to the hoo ps with bolt head::. countersu nk on the
in side.
(1) Where ét caged laddcr is so located thM it COLI Id
be ascended on the uncased side, il shec t s tecl baffle
shaU be erec.ted extending from the ground or fl oor leve l
to il height of ('1 t lerl st R ft to prevent access to the uncascd
side of the ladde r.
(g) Climbi..ng protection devices may be used in com ­
bination with c<lges if C\clditional protection is clesirecl.
6.3.10 Climblng Protection Devices. Ctimbing pro ­
tection devices mC\y be l1sed on ladders i.n li eu of crlge
protection. lancl ing platforms sh,dl be provided at Cl
maxim um o f 1S0-ft int erval s in these cases. CLimbing
protec ti on devices that incorpora te fr ic tion brakes a nd
s lidin g a tta c hm e nt s sh .. 11 me c t th e require me nt s of
ANSI A 14.3. Speciill cons id era ti on s ha ll b~ g ivcn to
increased possibil.ity of corro.sion al thc top of stacks
resu tting from th e nctio n of stack gases.
6.3.11 Short Ladders. AJ\ stack I"ddc<s over 10 ft
in height sha ll be cilged or hilVC:' il safety device, l11l1es5
th e lé'ldd e r extends les5 than 15 ft above ground.
6.3.12 Siderails. The siderails shall be of tl at bM
stoc k a nd not be less than il,: i.n. to %in . If siderélils oi
o the r cro ss sec lion s are desired, they shé'l ll be at least
equa! bl s trength to the é'lbm·e·sized s tee l bar.
(a) Rails slwll be spaced a mini rnllnl of 16 in . (inside)
and a mClximum (l( 24 in . (ins ide) apart.
(/I) Ali s pJkes sha l.l provide smooth tra.ns iti ons with
the m a in s iderclils so as to .lfford mi..llimum iut e rference
with thl.:' gripping surface for the ha nd s o f th e person
using the ladder. Shi1fp or extcnsive p rojections shall
no t be permitted.
(e) Provisions for expansion due to therrnal changes
sh,dl be O1<lde <1t the siderail sp lices, it t.hese provisions
are required tCl prevent buckling or the buildup (lf
s tresses in the sider<lils.
(ri; Far ladders subject to l1l1USU<ll1y c.0r rOSlve atmo­
spheric conditi0ns, corrosion-resistant stee! o f incre<lsed
thi ck.ness sho uld be u sed. The ex tent of increased thick­
ness s ho u ld be determin ed (r o m exper ience with
cOrros ion.
(e) Bolt heads s hall bc cowlte rsu nk or the button typc.
The heads shilll be on the in side of thc side rails. Bo 1ts
Shil ll no t be less than %in . in diame te r.
(j) Wi th the bolted siderail joinrs, a m inimurn of two
bolts shalJ be provi ded 011 each side.

27

c' , ' • C . .. : I~ l
 ASME STS-1-2011
(g) Welded siderClil splices shalJ be full penetrati0n
blltt welds between the rungs and staggered at least
12 in.
6.3.13 Rungs. Rungs shall not be less than ~ in. in
diameter. For ladders exposed to unusually corrosive
atmospheres, rungs shall be of at least l-in. solid bars.
Spacing of rungs shall not excccd 12 in. center-to-center
and ~ha.u bc spaced uniformly th.roughout the length of
the ladder. Rungs shal! be inserted through holes in the
siderails Clnd shall be welded completcly around the
circumference of the rung to the outside of t.he siderails.
6.3.14 ladder Supporto Ladder supports shall be
of steel at least equivalent to the siderails in strength.
Ladder supports ma)' be bolted or welded to the siderélils
but must be welded to the stack shell. Ladder supports
shallnot be morc than lO ft apart. Anchorage of ladders
must account far the thennal grmvth of the stack.
6.4 Work Platforms
6.4.1 Where Required. Work platfonns shall be pro­
vided wherever duties require an empJoyee to work at
elevations above gr<1de or building tloor:-; adjacent to
the stClck.
6.4.2 Strength Requirements. Work platforms sha.l.l
be designed to Sllpport the expected loads, including the
possible attachment of gin poles, davits, and suspended
inspection and maintenònce scaffolding.
6.4.3 Surfaces. The flooring should be of the grat­
ing type. The space in the grMing bars should be sllch
thClt any Ol1e openi.ng is not greater than will permit a
ballI in. in diameter to pass through. The grClting should
be of su fficient strength to withstand a live floor loading
of 100 Ib/f~ over the entire platfonn area. The minirnum
size ai the platfonn should be the same CIS the size far
la.nding platforms, CIS indicated LIì para. 6.3.7.
6.4.4 Railings. Railirtgs shall be used on ali work
plationns and shall be of steel construction (~èe parCl.
6.3.2). A standard railing shal1 consist of top rail, inter­
mediate rail, and posts and shaU ha ve ,l vertical height
of 42 in. nominai from upper surface of top rai.! through­
aut the length of the railing. The inteflnediate railing
shall be approximately halho\'ay between the top rail and
platform. The spacing of the horizontal rails ~hal! be
sueh thot él 21-in. diameter baI! will not pass between
the rails. 111e ends of thc rail shaU not overhang the
tcrmimll posts, except \.-vhere such an overhang does not
constitute a projection hazMd.
(a) The railings sh<dl be of pipe or tubing with rninj­
muJn }1/:;_1n. outslde diameter or other cross sections nf
equivalent strength with the vertical posts spaced not
more than 6 ft on centers.
(b) The top and intermediate ròilings shClll be capablc
of withstanding a force of 200 Ib in any dircction and
8t any loeation on thc rail.ing.
28
, S ,.
6.4.5 Toe Boards. Toe bnards shal.l be at least 4-in.
nominaI vertical height from the top edge to the level
of the platform. They ShéllJ be securely fastened in pl<1ce
with not more thClIl ~-i.n. clearance above the platfonn.
TI1Cy should bc mad l' of steel.
6.4.6 Access
(11) Access openings t0 work platforms shall be
guarded.
(b) Whcrc access to work platforms is tbrough the
floor, tra p doors shall be prm'ided. Access doors shal1
remain c10sed except when persons are Clcces.smg or
leaving the platform. Access doors and hatches should
be designed as seH closing.
(e) Wherc access tc' work platforms is by way of side­
step ladders, the opening shall be guarded by self­
closing gCl teso
6.5 Scaffolding and Hoisls Used far Construction of
Sleel Stacks
6.5.1 GeneraI. Scaffolding shall meet the applica bI e
requlfements of the current r€ v ision of ANSI A 10.8,
Safety Requirements for Scattolding.
6.5.2 Lifelines. Lifelincs and body belts, or har­
nesses and their <lnchorages, shall be used Cl~ specifled
in the current revision of ANSI A 10.14, Requirements far
Safety Belts, Harnesses, LanYélrds, Lifelincs, <1nd Drop
Lines for Constmction and fndustrial Use.
6.5.3 Anchorage Points. When scaffolds and hoists
afe to be used to provide Clccess to steel stacks, appro­
priate anchorage points sha1l be pwvided. Attachments
for suspending scaffolds, hoists, and lifelines shall not
be bolted or riveted through the stack phte (see
para. 6.3.14).
6.5.4 Personnel Hoists. PersOTmel hoists shal.l meet
the requirements of the cunent revision of ANSI A 10.4,
Sa.fety Requirements of Personncl Hoists.
6.5.5 Painter's Trolleys. Painter's trolleys ShOllld
not be llsed far hoisti "g, 100vering, or supporting pt'rson­
nel. Painter's trolleys should be used for hoisting
materials onl)'­
6.6 Thermal Protection
6.6.1 Hot Surfaces. Surface of stecl stacks (when
expo~l'd to pcr~ulUlel) ~hall be Iimited to a maximwn
temperature of 140°F.
6.6.2 Where to Protect. Areéls that should be pro­
tccted arE' as follows:
(a) 2 ft width - full length nf ladders
(b) platform grating to 8 ft above grating
(c) stack b,lse to 8 ft above base, if hot
6.6.3 How to Protect. Protection may be provided
by Lnsula tion and cladding and / or stand -off mesh. Mesh
Sh<11l be no larger than 2 in. x 2 in.
•
 ASME 515 ·1-2011
6.6.4 Materials. MClteriClls l1secl for anc horage, ciad·
cling, ilncl mesh shClll be corrosion resis tan t and cl es ignecl
to resist wind pressures.
7 ElECTRICAl
7.1 Scope
Provisions af section 7 shaU apply to penn Rne nt e lec·
trical items ClS related to the stClck. They sh rd.l !w t Rpp ly
to items l1sed during construcnon o r demolition of s tee l
stelCks.
7.2 GeneraI
7.2.1 Purpose. The p u rpose o f thi s sec tio n is to
ide ntif)' the e lec tnca l ite m s e0 mm o nl y used w ith stClc ks
a nd establis h Cl stalldard as it rehltes lo s ueh ite m s.
7.3 Aviation Obstruction light System
7.3.1 FAA Requirements. Jt i5 reeomm ended, imlne­
dia te!y fo ll owing the determi.nCl ti o n of the loea tio n a nd
height of the proposed stack, that the Federai Avia ti o ll
Administration (FAA) be eo ntélctecl to de te rmine the
FAA'5 specific requireme nts for lighting and mark.ing.
Aviation warning lighting will be required for stack
heights 200 tt and hig her and some tim es for shorter
stacks, when the 5tack is near [ln <lirport, h eli po rt, or
seaport.
Sometimes, however. modifi ca tions to thc marking/
lighting rules Me logica ] ancl can be Rceeptab le to the
Ff\A. Thi~ is genera.1ly true in th e ca$e of cluster st acb,
stacks in ]ine, st<lcks in. a l<lrge industria i compJex \-vhere
other taU structures or othe r s tocks <Ire p rese nt, etc. The
FAA wi ll in vestiga te <l n cl n !!e on the 1TI0st appropriate
m a rkin g an d /o r li g hlin g (o r eac h s li ch case u p o o
req ue:it.
7.3.2 System Components . When req u ired , ao
obstru ctio n-m a rkin g li g ht syste m s hall coniorm to the
regllirem e nt 50 of the FAA c urre nt Adv iso ry C irc ular
AC 70/ 7460. A Hgh t sys tem ma y consist of the fo lJ ow ing:
(a) Flood Ltgh/s. Flood l.i ghts loca ted al or near the
base of the s télck are con si dered no os ta nda rd blll m ay
be ut ili zed o n shor t stacks with FA.-'\. approva I.
(b) Avia l ùm Red Ob:5frJlctio ll Lights. Aviation red
obstruc tion ligh ts mounted on the s til ck Clt reguired de·
vations and specific positi ons <lro llnd the circmnference
shou!d be é1S requ ired by the FAA Advisory Circular
AC 70/7460. A li l'ed t1bst ru e ti o n Jighting should be
exhibited from s un set to s unri se. \tVhcn the l'ed light
system is used, il u SL'il ll y is necessary lo paint the stack
with an tlviation orrlnge·tlnd·wh ite co l0r pattern for d,1Y·
lime obstruc tion m<lrking.
(e) M edillm lntl'!lsity White Obstrucfioll Light!>. Omni·
directi o na l m ed ium in tensity obstruc t ion hghts are rec·
o mmended ((\f mos t s tee l s t<l cks, s ince the high intensity
li g hts a re noi norm(llly reco mme nded 0 11 s tructl.lres with
29
- l
he ighls below 500 ft. The li g ht s)'stem in tensi ty m ust be
controlled. Th e FA A cunen! Adv i so r y C ir cll ia r
AC 70/7460 sets the nurnber <lnd loc<ltjons. O n s mall
diame ter stacks, the FAA frequently wilJ é1110w o nl y two
Iig hts, since their light rays (Ife om ni diJectional.
(d) High hJtc!!si !y Wl1ile ObstructimJ Lights. If FAA uni­
d irectinnal high intensi t)' white obstruction li ghts ue
reguired, they ShOllld be mOllnted 011 the strlck at partic·
ularelevations and specihc positions rlround th e circ um·
ference as rcquircd by thc FAA cu rrent Adviso r y
Circ ular AC 70 / 7460. Thi s type of system is l.lsed with
a Iight sensitive control device, which ftlces the nor th
sky to con trol in ten sity.
(e) DI/al Ligltlitlg With Red/ MediulII ln/ ensity Wl/ile
Obslrucliot/ Ligll ls. This li gh ting system is <I cOlllbin<l ti o n
of th e red·(lnd· w hi te lightin g syste m s def i ned in
paras. 7.3.2(b) and (c). A d ua l li g htin g sys tem is Inos t
commo nl y used in populated a reClS whe re t.he use o f
le55 cons picllo us red ligh t5 a t n.igh t is prefe rred . U tili z in g
\-vhite lig hts during dCly lig ht hours nega te s the need to
pa int the s tack w ith obstru ction markings.
7.3.3 System Access Location. Acce~5 to lights for
maintenance may be by ladd ers i'lnd plation n o r by CI
lowering device that brings the light fix ture to an accessi ­
ble locCltion. l3ecause of s ta ck gas downwash, the loca­
tian of the access a nd lights s hould be ClS low as the
FAA aUows.
7.4 lightning Protection
The !ightning protec ti on requireme11t far metal SL:1Cks
as covered in the A.NSI /NFPA 78, Lighh1ÌJlg Protection
Code requires two ground termina ls located on opposite
sldes of a stack h.:wing a met<l] thic.kness of 3/U, in.
(4.8 mm) or gl'eMer. No air term intl ls or down cond uctors
a re rcq uiIed. 0 11 gu yed s!rlc ks, mel(l l guy wires are to
be g ro unded at the il" lower e nd s if élnchored in conc rete
or lo <I ma s o nr )' b uild in g {l r pth er o o n C<l ndu c t ive
sup port.
7.5 Conveniente lighting
Con velli e nce o r ~ r e(l li gh tin g o n test pl<lt forms, moni­
to r pla tfo rm s, ~ccess systems, alUlUl <l r s p ace, e tc. may
be considered and speci fied as ilpp li cab le,
7.6 Convenience Power OutLets
Convenience power ou tlets are ge ner<1l1y useful dm··
ing s t <1ck t es ling 8nd lil élin t e nance or monitoring
equipm.en t.
7.7 Instrumentation: Sampling
Lns trwnentR ti oJ1 for monitnring 01" sampling of stack
emissions, based o n eurrent Fcd cral ErA regulCltions,
CFI;:' Part 60, shrlll be mounted on the external sudace
of the stec\ sttlck p ror~cted (rom excessi ve he a t a nd
prcwidmg far thermal and o ther s tack movement.
 ASM E STS· 1-201l
8 FABRICATION ANO ERECTION
8.1 Purpose
Section 8 is designed to est<'lbli5h a good level of fabri­
ca tion and erection quality to creCl te Cl high dcgr~c o f
public safety and conJidence in th ese structures. lt es tab­
li shes the welding requiremcnt5 for the fabri c<'I ti on and
erection of l,.velded steel stacks.
8.2 Scope
This section covers the reco rnmended gu id elines
<'Ipplying to the fabrication "nd erection of .:; teel stach.
It includes, but is no t limited to, sing le-walJ, dual-w<'lU,
and m ultiflu e steeLstacks and appli es to stélcks thM are
free standing, se lf supported , gu)' or ca ble su ppo rted,
or supported by s tru cnlral s teel braces or rr;ll newo rk.
TIlese guidelines also per tain to shop or field fa brication
('m d to field erec tion.
8.3 Welding
The American Wdding Society Str uc tur<ll Welding
Code ANSI! AWS 01.1 (I.test ed Itioo) or ASME BPVC,
Sectio n IX shall be used for a li weidi,ng prov isions, work­
m<mship, techniques, weld er <'I nd illspec tor qU<'llific<l ­
tions, and inspections. Ali s tru ctur al butt welds shaU be
full penetration weld s.
8.4 Welding Inspection and Nondestructive Testing
Welding inspec ti on shall be perfurmed to the extent
specified with mini.111um requirements élS foll ows:
8.4.1 Minimum Weld Inspection
(li) Visua l inspect ions shall b~ Ill<'lde for ali welds dur­
ing the weld ing o pe rati on and aga in after the work
is completed to deten n ine thnt thorù ugh hl sion exists
behveen adj<'lcellt laye r!:> ( )1 weld meta.! and between tne
wdd and base l1letaJ s. Afte r the we lding is comp leted,
51<'1 g shall be removed from ali weld 5. The weld and
é'ldjélCent weld meta! shall be c1e<'l ned by brus hin g o r
other suit<'lble mea ns. The inspecto r sh<'lll p ay part ic ular
attention to 5urfClce cr<'lcking, sudace porosity, surtace
slag inclusio n, undercut, ove rl ap, gas p ockets, and size
of welds. Detective welding sna Ube corrected according
to ASME or AWS Code requirements.
(b) A minimum of one radiog r<lph per each three shop
circumferenti ,ll sea ms 0 11 th e s t<lck s tructural shell shall
be m<lde, preferabl y (l t th c vcrtical wele! intersection.
TIle in.n er or ou ter she U sh all be considered structural
when it is design ed to resis t the controlling wind or
seismic load.
(cJ AU stru crura l full penetrat io n field wclds shou ld
be visu<l ll y in spected . Rad iograph s of shell or flue neld
s plice welds are no t usuaUy feas ible d ue to the design
of the field sp lice5.
8.4.2 Types of Welding Inspection. ll:H.' procedure
<'I nd techniq ue 5ha ll be in <KcClfdance with spec ific<'l tio ns
~ l ~ - A t c I. I ~ • 1
of the s pecific job, and the s tand ards of acceptnnce shall
be accordi ng to ASM E or AWS (od es.
(a) Radiograpll i( I/Jspeclioll. This proced ureca n be pe r­
form ed in the shop on ful l penetra tion butt weld s.
(b) Vi~IUll lnspec:fion. This pr ocedure is to be pe r­
formed on. al I shop and fi eld welds.
(c) Mugnetic Particle lllspcction. This procedure G lIl be
lIsed on all ferroma gnetic material welds.
(d) Ullrasollic lllspectio!l. Th.is procedure ca n be used
011 ali shop butt weld 5 e;: 'i1i in .
5
(e) D!JI! PI!7JI!trallf 1I1 sJ.!l!cfioll . This procedme shall be
used as required to 5uppl emen t th e \'bllal inspection.
The st(lndard meth ods set fMth in ANSI/ AWS 01.1 (lat­
est edition) shall be lIsed for dye penetrant inspection,
and the standard <'Icceptance shilll be according to ASME
or AWS Codes.
8.5 Tolerances
Unlesso th erw ise s pecified, the foll ow ings hall be used
as acce pt<'lbJe tolera nces:
(a) Mis<'ll ignmen t between platesat iln y butt jo in t shal l
not exce(>d the fo Uo\.o\'ing Umils:
Pli1 te Th id:ness. in Max im um Ollsel
Up to .~\ l~ (t)
tNol·c (1 )J
~,. in
NOTE:
(1) J = nOlm a l Ulicknes:s or the thinner pli\le ~llhe jOlnt in inches.
(b) Pe<l king i5 a loca li 7ed d €'v iation of stack cylindrical
section contour from a true ci.rc.! e <'It junctions. Peaking
of joints and seRms sha ll not exceed !4-in. (6-mm) maxi­
mum as measllfed from Rn l8-in. (450-nun) -long tem­
p late cen te red a l the . .,...e ld and cul to the prescribed
radi us.
(c) At the brne o f erectioll, the stack shaLL be true and
plu mb lO w ithin 2 in. (50 "un) in 100 fl (30 ml.
fd) The difference between the rn ax irnum <'I nd mini­
m u m insid e d ia meters at any cy li ndrical shell cross sec­
tinn along the height sha ll not exceed l <:.J of the diameter.
(e) Loc<'ll d ent s in plates shall be no deeper th <'l n on(>­
h<'llf th e pi a te th ick.ness.
8.6 Shop Fabrieation aod Field Ereetion
8.6.1 During th e assembly of bolted conn ec ti ons
(a) dri fting , if required, sha ll not enlarge the ho1es CH
distorl. the members. Holes that must be enlarged shaU
be rea.med.
(b) bolt s shall be tightened using Ol1e of the follpwing :
(]) turn -of-the-nut method
(2) IOild -i..ndicati..ng washers
(3) crl! ibrClted wrenches
(4) other approved method
8 .6.2 Any rcqu ired strai ghtening of m aterial sh<l ll
be done by p roced ure:::; th <'l t wi ll result in the minimum
res idu al st ress to the stee l.
, " ,.
 ASME STS·1-2011
8.6.3 Allchor boli sl raig htemng or bend ing by
heatin g is prohibited .
8.6.4 AJI vcrlical sho p and fi eld plate or pa ne l butt
weld sea m s are to be stagge red a minimum o f 20 deg. A li
welded cy lindr ica l sec lio ns jo in ed to o ther cylindri ca l
sec li o ns by ci rcumfe re ntial welds sha ll have their verti­
ca l sea m s s t ngge re d h om enc h o th e r a minimum o f
20 dogo
8.6.5 Dimensiolls and w e ights of s tack sections
sha ll be accurate ly calculated " nd compared w ith nane
ca p«bilit ies <lt Ille worki ng ra dii of cran es to be used
during erec ti on. Crane capaci ti es and worki.ng rad ii shall
noi be exceeded.
8,6,6 Lifting dip s, lugs, dogs, brackets, and olher
i tem~ welded to the stack sl:'ctions, or other parts of
the perm2lnent stru cture and used far erection or fit-up
purposes, if not left in piace, shall be removed without
d a lnaging thc base material. An)' portion of the weld
rem2lining on the internai 5urface af the st<Kk subjected
to tlue gas shall be rnade flush and groW1d smooth. [f
bac king i::. lIsed far welding purposes, they need not be
removed.
8.6.7 Erection and sCdffoldiJlg, ladders, etc. shall be
in accord,ll1ce ..dth the l(1test <lpplicable and / or specified
codes.
8.6.8 Anmor bolts should be retightened 30 days
after ~tack crccrion.
8.7 Grauting
Grouting of the stack base ring is recommended when
Ihe stack is supported by a concrete foundation or ele­
vatcd concr~te pad.
8,7.1 After the stack is completely crected plumb
and the anchor bolts have been torqued, the space
between the bottom of the base plate and top of the
foundation shall be grouted. The gl'aut shall be (1 non­
shrink type ònd shall harden free of bleeding or drying
shrinkage when mixed dnd placed al <.my consistency
(fluid, flowdble, plastic, or damp-pack). Steel shims l1sed
fo r plumbing the stack during erection may be best left
in piace.
8.7,2 Sudace areas to be grouted shall be rree of
aH fo reign matte!' and thoroughly ,,\'e tt ed d o wn pri o r to
grou ting.
8.7.3 Thc temperfltu.res of the grout, base plMe,
and fOW1dation during grout ing s hall be in acco rd a nce
w it.h the grout manu facturer's recommendati oll s.
8.7.4 If a neho r bolts a re set in o pen sleeves, care
m ust be taken to e nsure co mpl e te fillin g wi th grou t o t
~ I ce\'e cavity.
31
l _
8.8 Handling and Storage
8.8.1 Handling during u nl o ading , erecting, ()f
lIl ov ing any sectio n usi ng a nane, lift, hoist, or ma n­
pflwe r should be safel)' planned .
8.8.2 Prolcctivc ~hjppi.ng eovc rings, ii provided,
sh all remam on their respec ti ve staek seetio n areas o r
locations as longas possible. Components lo be setdowll
prior lo ereclion s hall be kep Lo H the g ro und and p ro p­
e rl y positioned and brnced lo prevenl damage.
8.8.3 Ali erectio n aids such as slings, hoo ks, chok­
ers, bealns, lift ing 11Igs, etc. shall be of adequate streng t.h
lo handlc ali sections and parts in a sa ie manner.
8.8.4 The follmving s tor age co nditi oJ1s s ha ll be
met:
(/~) A li parts sha ll be stored in a m<.ì.rUler to precl ude
being kinked, dented , ben t, misshapen , o r ot herwi ~e
mismanaged.
(b) AlI parts shall be storcd above ground a nd so
positioned as to minimize water-holding pockets, soil­
ing, cont,ì1Tlination, or deterioratioll 0f th e coating o r
lini.ng.
re) ltems that conld deteriorat e or bec0m e dòllì aged
due to the intluence of the elements sha)) be praperly
protccted.
9 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Purpose
The purpose of thi s sec tion ìs to ìd entify probl ems
that occur during thc service life nf stee l stac ks alld to
outline the mea su res for cOllnterac ting s llch pro bl em s
through regular in spee t'io ns é'lnd mé'linte nance.
Fnr a database systematic inspectinl1 prncedure and
techn..igue, the reader is re ferred to ASCE "C hillll1 ey and
Stack l.nspeetion G1.1idelines/' Section 10 .
9.2 Scope
The lnspection and lllaiJltenance pro\'isi0ns of thi.s
sec tion é1pply to the sté'lc k s h e !!' fl1.1 e lìn e r.'"i, and
appurtenances.
9.3 Common Problems
(Il) a tmosph eric co rros ion ilncl w e(1 th e rin g on ex te rior
surface
(b) co rros io n due lo ilcid C0ndemmtion in tluc gases
o n int e rnaI su rfac(:>s
(e) f1y dsh or pa rticll iate collection at the ba se, false
bottom, o r roof cap o f th e s ta ck
(dJ tl\Ol sture conden=-ate a l the ba:ie of th e stac k
(eJ aci d/ m oisture infi ltròti ol1 oi i.n sulati o n
if) d e fo rm atio n due to th erU1 t'1 1 or o the r loading
fgJ co rrosioll (l f a nchor bo1ts
(I,) fati g ue c ra cks
, J
 ASME STS-1-2011
(i) 10ss o r d e te ri orat io n of in s ulati on, coating, or
linings
(jJ loosening o( (lnchor bo lt 5
9.4 Inspection
For ea rIy d etection of the comm onl )' occurring prob­
lems, it is recolnme nded 111(1 t the stack be inspected
peri odica ll y lo enable the u::;er of thesla ck lo take app ro­
priClte measures to counlerac l such problems_
9,4.1 Frequeney of Inspection, The frequency of
inspections s ho uld be based upo n climate, co nstruct ion
materials, ty pe o( cons tructi on, nnd the nCllure of use
{e.g., (uel type, o peratlng temperature, and operating
sched llle). Tlus may be spec ified by Ihe stack manu fac­
turer; howe ve r, in tlle absence of such in for mC\tion, il is
recommended that the stacb be inspected annuaUy fm
the first 3 yr. The results of Ihese inspections should
then de termine the freql..lency of future inspections.
9.4.2 Items of Inspection
(a) Exterior TIIspec fio1 1
(n 5hell TllichW 55. Ultrasonic devlces for nonde­
st ructi\' c thickncss testing or core samples and drill tests
for des tru ctiv e testing may be used to measure the shell
thi ckness. Depending upon the conditioll of the stack,
0 0 12' s helI thickness reading for each portion of the stack
height equa l to the stack di<lmeter is recommended. A
record ot the rcsults shall be maintained for monitoring
corrosion of the steel shel!.
(2) Fillis/i. Dam<lge, \-vear, "nd discontinuity in thc
exterior hnish shall be i.nspected, and ali deficiencies
should be record ed.
(3) AcceS5 System. Ali ladders, ladder anchors,
cages, safety climb deviccs, platiorms, painter's trolley s,
and troUey ra.ils shall be inspected lo ensure their integ­
ri ty and sa fety.
(4) Liglitnillg Prolecliol! 5yslem. AB components oi
the lightning protection system, in cl uding the grnund~
ing co nnection, shall be inspected far ele ctrical
continuit}!.
(5 ) S!/pporl Systelll. Any brace, glly wire anc hors,
gu y cab les, g u y fittings, and other simila( items shall
be checked. Ali deficiencies sha Ube no ted ilnd anéll yzed .
(6) Ancho r bolls shCl II be inspected.
(7) Electrical Systell/. The p resencc of an y lO oisture
co ndensa tion on the in s ide o i the cond uit and fitt ings
sllCl lI be noted. Co rros ion of titt ings and co nduits sha ll
also be noted . BlImed-out lamps mus t be rep laced
(8) IH5ulal iorl . Soaking o f ins ul at ion d ue lo in filt r<l ­
li on of aci d in ins ulal ed s tacks is poss ible. Wet and acid ­
satu rated ins ulatìon rapi d ly accelera tes cn rrosio n of the
shell, leading to major s tructural da mClge.
(h) 11/lerior l/lspectioll
(1 ) Sile/! TIJic kllfSS. Ultrasoni c d evices for llond e­
str uct ive thìckness tes tin g m<ly be lI scd to measure the
sllell thic kness. Dependin g upon the condi tion of the
32
,,
stac k, nne sl1ell th ickness reading for each port.i OTl nf
the stack height equill to the stack d iameter is Tecom­
mended. A record of the resu lts shCl ll be maintained for
m on itoring corrosion of the stccl.
(2) Lill i llg . This com po nent o f the stil ck is th e most
criticill in terms of wea r, crCl cks, s pell s, Cl nd othc r deii ­
ciencies. Suc h deficiencies are often hidden by ove rl ay ~
ing particulate deposits, a.nd, the re(o re, proper ca re s hall
be exercised to detect de ficienc ies. 1t is re<ommend ed
that pH rea d illgs be taken thro llghout. pH readings m<ly
be taken using li tmu s paper o r reagen t(s) o r by chemica l
ilnCll ysis 01' representati ve sClmp les o f sc rap ings (rom lin­
ing s mfaces.
(3) Parl ;ClJltl!(' AauYIlulatioll. Accumu lation of pa r­
ticulates s llch as combus lio n resid ue, fl y ash, etc. on the
s la ck \Va li and at the base o f the s tack prov ide:> a matrix
fo r acid condensa te.
(c) Gel /l'rai /lems. DefOlmalion of an)' com p onenl c f
the stack due to thermnl o r ot heT loadi.ng shaU be no ted
to include stack cap, ex pans ion joi nt s, a nd tes t Ilnd
ins trument ports.
9.4.3 Inspection Procedure
(a) For thorough inspections, the stack shaH be rigged
with equipmen t allowing the inspector lo traverse the
entire hei gh t OH tbe interior and exterior o( the chimne y.
Ali rigging Clnd scaffoldi.ng s hall be in comp liance with
OSHA reguJatiOJl5.
Ib) The full heigh' 01 ,he st,ck 51,,11 be '"versed .
photograph ing gen era I interi o r co nditi ons at regular
inten'a ls \. .'ith specific attention lo d efec tive areas.
(1) lì is recommend ed thé'lt co lor photograph~ be
taken far u se in the report. Ins tant pho tographs ma)' be
té'lken a::. backups.
(2) Detective arCclS th ,H may b e found shall be
ch.uted and noted.
(c) The integrily of the Iining shalI be judged on a
visual basis, su ppl emented by rOutUl e probing to deter­
mine hard ness, s0l..11ld ness, and/or ge nerai conditi.ons.
(d) Unlined stee l stacks Sh811 receive either nonde­
st ructiv e thj ckness testing ll Si..ng (In accep table llitrasonic
d evice or dest ru ctive thick.ness testi.ng llsing drilling or
core sampli.ng.
(l;') Th c ex teri o r inspection sh(lll (lIso include a thor­
ough eX(1mintl tion o f él ll appmtenance items, Sl1ch CIS
ancho r bo lts, clea no u t door, !(ldder, caps, lightning pro­
tect ion system. élnd an y other heUdwtlre items.
9.4.4 Inspection Repart. The scope of inspection
workshtl ll bespec ifi ed by the slackowne r. ln tile absence
o f sllch $pecification s, it is recommended thilt tlle st<1ck
ins pecti on report héwe the fo ll ow ing items:
(a) identification and brief descri p tion o f the stac k.
(b) dcsc ript io n of thc in ~ pcc ti o n procedures.
(c) co lor photogra phs shO\v i..ng typìcal condition s a 5
well as probl em area s. Each phol ogra p h m us i be identi­
fied r.s to Ihe locat io n o f the photograph as well as the
descr ip lion of wha l i::; show n in the photograph .
<>, \- . ~ ,.. ­
 ASME 5T5-1-2011
(d) drawings ,md/or lnca tioll charts defining 5he ll
thickness, pH re,ldings, and deEiciencies.
(e) analysis of d e fici ~ll ci es élnd problems noted during
the inspection.
Cf) m clinten.,nc~ and /o r repa ir recommendations.
9.5 Maintenance
9.5.1 Exterior Surface_ Ali wear, corrosion , and
ot her deiicienci es in the exterior surtaces sha ll be
repaired as required.
9.5.2 Interior Surface. P(;'riod ic removal oi particle
deposits on th e interior s urfaces usrng high-pressure
1;\Iash or oth er effec tive ",nd prilctical methods is recom·
l11endcd, and other deficiencies in thc lining shou ld be
repaired .
9.5.3 Anc.hor Bolts. Areas around the anchor bol ts
5h.,11 be kepl dean alld free of p.,rticle deposib and
mo iMure. Periodic re t igh tening oE ancho r bo lts is
recommended .
9.5.4 Orains. Ali d rains ilnd fa Ise botto m noo rs sha1l
be kept clean through period ic mainl(;'nance.
9.5.5 Appurtenance. All appurtenances sh,, 11 be
repe'tired as nece ssa r)' i(~r saiety and intended Lise.
10 REFERENCES
The following is éllist cf publications referenced in thi s
Standard. Unless otherwise specified, th c lates t edi tion
shall apply.
AC I 307, Standard Pr., ctice io r th e Desig n and
CO llst ructi o ll oE Cèlst-In-Place Re in fo rced Concrete
Chimneys
Publi s h~r: American Concre te 'n s titut ~ (AC I), 38800
Country Club Drive, Farmingt on Hills, Mf 48331
(www.concre te.org)
AN51/NFPA 78, Lightning Protectian Code
Publis her : AmeriC<ln National Standard s lnstitute
(ANS I), 25 Wbt 43rd Street, New York. NY 10036
(w\\'w.élnsi .org)
ASCE 7-98, Yf.inim lU11 Design Lo~d s for Buildings and
Oth er St ructu res, 19q3
ASCE Chin1J1E~y and 5tCick Inspec ti a n Gui de lines: Design
Md Ca ns tructio ll oi Steel ChinUley Liners, 1975
The Sltuctw'a l Design at Air ., nd Gas Duct:;, 1995
Publisher: AIll~r i ca n Soctety oi Civil Engin~el's (ASC E).
1801 Alexander BelI Dri\'e, Rcs tOll, VA 20191
(w\.vw.asce.org)
A5HRAE Handbook, latest edition
rublisher: American S0ciety ot Heating, Refrigera ti.ng
and Aìr-Cond itionlng Engin eers, In c. (A5HRAE), 1791
TllUie Circle, NE, Atlanta, CA 30329 (\y\vw.ashrae.o rg)
3.1
~ ~ , I '
ASME T.c1mical Paper, 65WA/FU S
Publisher: The American Society of Mechan ica l
Engineers (ASME), Three Park Avenlle, New York,
NY 10016-5990; Order DepMhnent: 22 Law Drive, P.O.
Box 2900, Fairlield, NJ 07007~2900 (www.asme.org)
Coa tings and Linings H.mdbook
Pliblisher: Na ti nn ..) Assoc ialion a ( Ca rrosio n Enginee rs
(NACE l n ternat iona l), 1440 So uth C reek Drive,
HN tston, TX 77084·4906 (w\.\'\v. nace.o rg)
Ch imney (oahngs Manllal, 1995
Mode! Code For Steel Chimneys, 1988
Publi s he r: International Committee on Indust riai
C himneys (CrCINO), Preu sse ns trn sse Il, 0-40383
Rntingen, Germany (www.cicind .org)
Code of Federai Regulati ons
PubIi.'ì hel': Occupational Safety & Herllth Administration
(OSHA), US. Department of L<lbo r, 200 Constitution
Aven ue, Was hing to n, DC 20210 (www.osha.gov)
Design and Evaluatioll GlI idelulC$ Fur Depa rhncnt of
Energy Facil ities Subjected to Na tllr<1! Phenomena
Hazard" UCRL-15910, 1990
Publisher: U.s. Department of Energy, OUice of Safety
App raisals, 1000 Independ e nce Avenlle, SW,
Washington, DC 20585 (\"'''\l\\l.doe.gov)
Entra inment in Wet Stacks. C5-2520, 1982
Publisher: Electric Power Resenrch lnstitute (EPRI),3420
Hillview Avenue, P.O. Box 10412, Pa lo Alto, CA 94304
(ww . . . ·.epri.com)
FAA Adv isory Circulé1r, Obs tru ct ion Marking and
Lighting, AC 70/7460~ I H
Publisher: U.s. DepClrtmen t o (Trallsportati0n, 1200 New
Je rsey Avenue, SE, Was hing to n, DC 20590
(v..'ww.d oLgov)
Formula~ for Stress and Sh'aill, 1965, 5 th ed.
Mechanical Vibrcltions. 1948, 3rd cd .
Structura] Engineerin g Handbook
WlIld Effects on Stnlctures, 1978
Publisher: McGraw HOl Co., P.O. Box 182604, Col Llfnb us,
OH 43272 (w'Vvw.mcgrawhill.com)
Good Painting Prtlctice, S teel Str uctures Pé'tinting
Manual, VoI. 1
Sy:>tems and Sp~ci{i ca ti o n s, Stee l Struct ures Painting
Manual, VoI. 2
Publisher: Steel Structures P<l inting Counci! (SSPC), 40
24t h S treet. 6th Floo r, Pitt5burgh , PA 15222
(Wh'W.SSpc.org)
Guide For Stcel Stack and DucI Design Construction
Publish er: Shee t Metnl and Air Conditi on in g
Contractol's' National Associé't tion (SMACNA). 4201
Lafay e tt e Ce nter Drive, Chantilly, VA 20151
(W1;\,\v. smacna.org)
," , I
 A5ME 5T5·1-2011
National Building Code
[)ublisher: Building Officials and Code Administratars
(BOCA), 4051 W. FlossOloor Road, Country Club Hills,
lL 60478 (ww\v.iccsafe.org)
National Building Code Of Canada
Pub li sher: Natianal Research Council ai Canada
(NRCC), 1200 Montre,1 Ro,ct, Building M-58, Ott,wa,
ON, K1A OF6 Canada (wwvv.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca)
NEC 96, National Electrical Code
Publisher: National Fire Protection Assnciation (N FPA),
1 Batteryrnarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169
(www.nfpél.org)
Permanencc of Organic Coa tings (STP- l )
Pub li ::ihe r: Ame rican Society fa r Teshng .md Mit teri als
(ASTM Int er n ational), 100 BitTr H a rbor Dri v e,
, I rI
P.O. Box 000, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
(www.as tm.org)
Stack Height Reg1.llation, 40 CRF Part 51,1 983
PubLisher: Federai Register, Envlrorunental Protec ti on
Agency (EPA), Ar iel Rios Buildlng. 1200 Pen.llsylvélnicl
Avemle, N'W, Washington, DC 20004 (www.epa .gov)
Steam
Publi :,her: The Babco ck & Wilcox Co., 20 S. Van
BllH'n Avenue, Bcnbe rt o n, O H 442 03-0351
(www.babcock.com)
UL 96A, UL Standard for Safety Insta ll ati on Require­
ments fa r Lightning Protectio n Sys tems
Publisher: Underwriter s Laborator ies, In c. (U L). 333
Pfin gsten Road , No rthb rook, IL 60062-2096
(www.u l.com)
,,
 ASME STS· t-2011

MANDATORY APPENDIX I

STRUCTURAL DESIGN

Gust Effect Factor Calculation

'l'he gus t effeet fs etor is given by The factors g(J and gl.' may be taken l'qual to 3.4. V b
the 3-sec gust speed in exposure C at the reierer\ce heigh t
_ ,,_ (, + 1.71< ,lR Q ·· ·-8
'---;'-::-,... -.'" -=-'
R') (obtnined from Figs. l-l and I-b through l-le).
Gf - 0..1.0 \ + \ .71-: So'
•

where K th e resonant respo nse factor, is giver\ by

where
( given in Tab le J-1
7'
' _
R" = _ "7".4c.,,N.L 1; the intensity ai tnrbulence (I I heigh t :z
(1 + IO.3N I )"J
Q ;:::: the bac kg round response
2' the eq ui v(l ient height of the structllre (0.611 b ut
noi less tha n zmm) 1is ted for e(lch exposn re in
Table l-l

RJ =
j j
- - - ., ( l - è'- 2,,) far T) >O
Q is given by
l} 2 rf

1 far T) =O
Q=
(/ = h, B, d) '8 } (1"' 1

1 + O.63 (~
t, ,1
Rf = R" setting, TI = 4.6u ]hNz
R/j setting, 1] = 4.6111 B/Vi wh ere
Rd setting, TI = 1 5.4nld/V~ B = s t<lck d ia.me ter
f3 = d amping ratio _ h = slack heig ht
L-z = th e intt::g rd l length scale of turbulence at the
(-)" (22)
z
V; = /j 33 V 15 equivalent height

where band a are listed in Table l-L

L, = I( V3J)

\·'2 log,.(;l,600nd + -====== 0.577

\ 2 log,.(3,600nd in wh ich I flnd - a re as li sted in y.,b le I-l.

35

1 I
•
 ASME 5T5-1-201 J

fig. '·1 Basi, Wind Speed

36

" .
 A5M E 515·1-2011

Fig. 1·1 Basic Wìnd Speed ((ont'd)

1 00 (451

, 20 (54)

130 (581

140 (631

130 (581
140 (631 140 (63)

150 (671

Special W iod Region

l ocatio n Vmph (m I si
Hawa ii 105 (471
Puerto Rico '4 5 (65 1
Gua m 170 (76)
Virgio Islaods '45 (65)
Ame ric~n Samoa 125 (56)
GENERAL NOTE S:
(a) Va(ues are nom inai design 3·5e( gu 51 wi nd speeds in mil e5 per hour (m/ s) al 33 fl (l O m) above ground ror Exposure C (a!egory.
(b) linear interpcla lion bet\.o.leen wir'ld contours is pemlitted.
(c) Islands and (oasta l areas oulsid e th e lasl con tour sha il use the (asI wind speed contau r of the coòsta l areò.
Cd) Mauntainall S terrain, garge s. acean promontories, an d !.pecia( wino regians shall be exami ned far unus ual wi nd condi tians.

37

,.. ,- '.
 ASME STS- 1-2011

Fig. 1·1a Basic Wind Speed - Western Gulf of Mexico Hurricane CoasUine

I
140 (63)

150 (67)

Spec ial Wi nd Re gion

100 145)
130 (58)
110 (49) 120 (54)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Values are nomin ai design 3-sec gusl win d speeds in mite s per hOUf (m /5) al 33 ft (10 m) above groun d for Exposure C calegory,
(b) li near in l erpolat inn berween wind contour5 i s p erllljl~ ed .
(c) I sl illl d~ and (oastal areas ol.J tside t he lasl (on lOUr st ati U5e the lasl wlnd spee d contaur of th e (oasta l area .
(cl) MOLlnl ainous terrain, gorges, ocean promonlO ries, and spec ial wind region s shaU be exam ined for unusual wind condi lions.

38

. .... ! O . ... . J
 ASME STS-1-2011

Fi g. I· lb Ba sic Wind Speed - Eastem Gull 01 Mexico and Southeastern U.S. Hurri can e ( oas llin e

130 158)

'40 163 1

$ pecial W ind Regio n

90 1401

100 1451 f
110 (49 )
120154)
130 (58)
1501671
1401631

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Values are nommal design 3- sec gust wind speed s In mi !es per hour (m/ 5) a! 33 f1 (10 m) above gro und for Exposure C category.
(b) Unea r interpolation belwe en wind con to urs is permitted .
(c) 1s.lands and co<lsta l areas ou tside Ihe last contour sha ll use Ih e las ! wind sp eed contour of the coa slal area.
(d) Mountainous lerrain, gorges . ocean promonlories. and special wind region s sha ll be eXérrlrnéd ror unusua! wind con ditions.

39

I,.; 'J.. _. :. I 1_ J. I,..' :" ,J •__ ', I _

 ASM E 515·1-2011

Fig. I-le Basic Wind Speed - Mid and Northern Atlantie Hurrieane Coaslline

100 1451

Specia l Wìnd Region

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Values <Ire nominai design 3·sec gust wind spee ds Ìì miles per hour (m/s) al 33 ft (1 0 m) above ground for Exposure C cat egory.
(b) linea . interpolatio'1 between wind contOu rs is perlllitied.
(c) Islands " od WJsta t areas outside the lasl cootour sh. an use the lasl wind spec<.l contour of Ihe coasta l area.
(<.I) Mountainous te,rain, gorges, ocean promonlories, and special wi nd regions s ~ a l l be examined for unusua ! wind mndittons.

40

. , I t ••• ' A'. y' _. t .,

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. 1-2 Topographic Factor, K"

l l

Speed-up Speed-up

)(~d) )( (Downwind)

/ - , -+ - - --+ H
Har­
x ~;d;.Il"'=,-.::. (Oownwind)

H/2 )
H/2 1Hl
H/2)
I----!!..

Escarpment 2-0 Ridge or 3-D Axisymmetrical Hill

Topographic Multipliers for Expo sure C [Note (1)]

K, Mullipli e r INoie (2)1 K2 Multipli er [Note (2)) KJ Multiplier [Not e (2)J
H/ Lh >-D 2·0 3-D x/Li! >-D Ali z/LI! 2·0 2·0 3·0
[Note 0)1 Ridge Escarp . A.dsym. Hitl [Note O») Escarp. Other Cases [Note (3)[ Ridge Escarp. Axisym. Hill

0.20 0.29 0.1 7 0.2 1 0.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
0.15 0.36 0. 21 0.26 0 .')0 0.88 0.6 7 0. 10 0.74 0.78 0.67
0.30 0. 43 0. 26 0.32 1.00 0.75 0.33 0. 20 0.55 0.61 0.45
0.3') 0.51 0.30 0.3 7 1.50 0.63 0.00 0.30 0.41 0.47 0. 30
0.4 0 0.58 0.34 0.42 2.00 0. 50 0.00 0.4 0 0.30 0.37 0.20
0.4 5 0.65 0.l8 0.47 2.50 0.38 0.00 0.50 0.21 0.29 0. 14
0.50 0.72 0.43 0.53 3.00 0.25 0.00 0.60 0. 17 0.12 0.09
3.50 0.13 0.00 0.70 0.12 0.1 7 0.06
4.00 0.00 0.00 0.80 0.09 0.14 0.04
0.90 0.07 0.11 0.03
1.00 0.05 0.08 0.02
1.50 0.01 0.0 2 0. 00
2.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

GENERAl NOTE;
H heighl of hi U 0 1 esca rpm ent relative to the upwin d terrain, ft (m)
K" , faclof lo account (or !>hape of topographic fe atu re and maximum !>peed·up effect
K" } fac iOr lo account far red uct ion in speed-up with distance upwind or dOWflwind of crest
Kl faclor to account for red uct ion in speed-up witn height above loca l terrain
LI! dislance upwind of crest to wh ere Ihe difference in grouncl etevatlOn is half the height of hill or escarpmen l, ft (m)
.J; dislance (upwind or downwind) from Ihe creSI IO the bu ilcl ing Sile, ft (m)
l height above loca l ground level. ft (m)
JJ.. horizonlat att enuation fae lor
i' height aUenua tioJl fador
NOTES:
(1) Mu!tipl iers are baseo on the assum pli on Ihal wind approact-es Ihe hill or esca rpme nt along the dH(~cli o n of maximum stope.
(2) Far H/Lh > 0.5. assume H/Lh = 0.5 far evalual ing K"t. (lnd su bstitutE' 2H far LII far evaluati ng K, and K",.
(3) For va lu es of H/LI!. x/L h. and z/L;,. athel than those Showl'l, Ii nea r interpolatlon is permitted.

41

, , "<! L.• r.k .1

"
 ASME STS·1-2011

Fig. 1-2 Topographic Factor, K,t (Con t'd)

Equalions :

k 1 delennined (rom table be!ow

k] = (1 -~
!J Lh

Parame!ers far Speed·Up Over Hills and Escarpments

k,/(H/L,J
Exposure
"
Upwind Downwind
Hill Shape B C D Y of Crest of Crest

Two·dimensional ridges {or valleys

1.30 1.45 1, 55 3 1. 5 1.5
with negalive H in K1 l(H/Ul

Two· dimensional escarpmenl s 0.75 0.8 5 0.95 2. 5 1.5 4

Three·d imellsional axisym mel fjeal hill 0.95 1.05 1.1 5 • 1.5 1.5

Table 1-1 Terrain Exposure Constants

2 .. in (ft)
Exposure l , (ft) a b b I (ft) lNot, (1)1
A
u

50 1500 1/ 5 0.64 1/3.0

"
0.30 0.45 180 1/ 2.0 60
B 7.0 1200 1/7 0.84 1/ 40 0.45 0.30 310 1/3.0 30
C 9.5 900 t/9. 5 1.00 1/6.5 0 .65 0.20 500 1/ 5.0 15
o 11.5 700 1/ 11.5 1.07 1/9.0 0.80 0. 15 650 1/ 8.0 7

NOTE :
(1) l m'lI = min iml!ffi h(·jght used lo ensure thal thc eQ uivalem height z is greater of 0.6h or l m,n' Far
slacks wilh h $ Zm,n . Z shal! be l<l ken il! Zm,,,'

42

, Il . _ : • l _. " .. I~~, . 0- .. • J '

 ASME 5T5-1- 20 11

Tabl. 1-2 Classificatioo of Buildiogs and Oth.r Structur.s for Flood, Wind. Snow, aod Earthquak. Loads
Nature of Occu pancy Cate gory

Bui ldings and othel sttu ctures that represenl a low ha za rd to human life in the even! of failu/e including, bUI nOI
limit ed IO
• Agricultural faci lities
• Certai n ternpora ry fa cilicies
• Minol sto rage faci lities

Ali buildings and other shuc tu re s exce pt Ihose hsted In Categories l, III , and IV

8uildlngs and other slructures thal represen! a substa ntial halard I O human life in the event of failure In c!uding, III
bui noI Ilmiled IO
• Bui ldings and other structures where more than 300 people congregate in one area
• Bu ildings an d other structures wil h daycare facititi es with ca pacìty grealer than 150
• BuHdings arld o!her structu re s witl, elementary 01 seconda ry school facìliti es wi th ca pacì ty grealer than 150
• Buildings and o! her su ue/ure s wilh a eapacì ty greater than 500 for colleges or aduli edu catioll fa cili tr es
• Health care facihties with a cap aciw or so or more res)d ettl palienls buI nOI havlng su.gery or
emerge ncy treal nl en! facilìties
• Jails and <' etenlion fac iliti es
• Poweq~ e n eIa l in g stali ons and oiher publ ie utili\y facìli li es nOI inelud ed in Ca tegory IV

Build ings and other structu res eontai ning sufficienl Quanti tie s of toxic, explosive, or other hazardous sllbs l ances
IO be dangerous lo the publÌ( if relea sed in cluding, bu I not limited to
• Petroehemi ea\ fadlities
• Fuel storage faci lities
• Manufaccuring or starage faci\ities for haza rclous chemic als
• Manufacturing or storage faci lities for explosives

Buildings and ot her struelures Ihal are equlpped with secondary containmenl of I Oxic, explosive , or OI her nazard­ IV
ous substances (incl ud in g, bui noI limited to, double wal! ta nk, dike 01 suffi cient si ze lo contain a spill, or other
means to con tain a sp.ll or a bl ast within tne property boun dary of th e fadli!y and preven t relea se of harm ful
quantit ies of contaminants IO th e air, soil, ground water, or surtace water) or atmosp here (where appro pri ate)
shall be eligi ble for classi fication as a Ca tegory Il structure _

111 l1 urricane -prone regions, build ings and other stru ctures thal contai n tox;c_ explosive. or other ha 7'Hd

Buildings and other stru e!Ures designated ae; essen tia l faciliti es inclu ding, but noi limited lO
• Hospltals and ot 1er hea!thc<!re facillties having surgery or emerge ncy treatmenl f~cili t ies
• Fire, rescue, and police stalions and emergency vehi cle garages
• Designated eartnq uake, hurrican e, or olher ernergeney sh elt ers
• Commun ications cenlers and oth er facili ti es required for emergency respan se
• Power-genera ling Slulions and other public utility facili ties required in an emergeney
• Al1 cilln ry slruclures (ine lu ding, but nO( limil ed lo, communi cati on towers, fuel slo' age tanks , cooli ng lowers,
electrical subslation struelures, fi re water storage ta nks. or ot her structures housing or supporting wate r or
othe, fire-s uppres si on material or equipm ent) required for operati on of Ca tegory IV c; tru etul es during an
ernergen ey
• Aviarion eontrollowers, air traffie contrul ce nters, and emergeney aircraft hanga rs
• W<1ter storage fa cililies and pum p struc tures re qui red lo ma intain water pressure far fi(e suppression
• Buildin gs and olhe, stru<h.lres having critica! nation al defense fu nctiOI1S

43

..-, • r .J < , , .' 1 ~ _ .•

 ASM E SlS·1-2011

Table 1-3 Importanee Faetor, I (Wind Loads)

Nonhurri cane· Prone Regions
and Hurricane· Prone Regions
with V = 85 -1 00 mph Hurri cane· Prone Regions
Category and Alaska wit h V > 100mph

0.87 0,77
Il 1.00 1.00
III 1.I 5 1.1 5
IV 1.15 1.15

GEr~ERAL NOTE : The lluildmg and structure clas sific atio n categori es
are listed in Tab le 1· 2.

Table 1-4 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients,

K,
Heìght Above
Ground leve l, Z,
~ (m) INot. (I li A 8 C D

0-15 (0-0 .6) 0.32 0.57 0.85 1.03

20 (6.1) 0.36 0.6 2 0.90 1.08
25 (7 .6) 0.39 0.66 0.94 1.12
30 (9.1 ) 0.42 0. 70 0.98 1.16
40 (1 2 2) 0 .4 7 0.76 1.04 1. 22

50 (1 5.2) 0 .52 0.8 1 1.09 1.27

60 (18) 0.55 0.85 1.13 1. 3 '1
70 (2 1.3) 0.59 0.89 L1 7 1.34
80 (2'-') 0.62 0. 93 1.21 1.38
90 (27.0) 0.65 0.96 1.24 1,40

100 (30.5) 0.68 0 .99 1.26 1.43

120 (36.6) 0.7 3 1.04 1.31 1.48
"O (42.7) 0.78 1.09 1.36 1. 52
160 (OS.8) 0.82 1.13 1.39 1.55
180 (54.9) 0 .86 1.1 7 1. 43 1.58
200 (61.0) 0.90 1. 20 1.4 6 1. 61

250 (76.2) 0.98 1.18 1.53 1.68

300 (91.4) 1.05 1.35 1.59 1. 73
350 (106.7) 1. 12 1.41 1.64 1.78
000 (121.9) 1. 18 t" 1.69 1.82
4S0 (137.2) 1. 24 l 52 1,73 1.86
500 (152.') 1. 29 1.56 1.77 1.89

GENERAL NOTE: Exposure calegofl es are defined in para. 4.3.3.4 .

NOTE,
(I) Linea( interpolation for inlermediate values or heighl Z is
acceplable.

44

l ,,' :. ' : . I... _ . , ~ . • I . li ' _ ,1 • _ '-' ~ . I ... t' v f

. "
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Toble 1-5 Force Coelficients, Cf

h/ D
(ross Sedion Type of 5urface 7 25

Square (wind norma I to fa ce) Ali 1. 3 1.4 2.0

Squa re (wi nd a\ong diagona O Al! 1.0 1. 1 1.5

Hexagonal or octagona l Ali 1.0 1.2 U

Round (D/q; > 2. 5) Moderately smooth 0.5 0.6 0.7

(O)"Cit> 5.3 , D in m, q, in Nlm ~ Rough (D'ID = 0.02) 0. 7 0.8 0.9
Very rough (D'ID = 0. 08) 0.8 1.0 1.2

Round (D / 'Ci"z 5. 2.5)

Ali 0. 7 0.8 1.2

(D / q; s: 5.3, D in m, ql in N/m~)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) The design wind force shall be calculal ed based Of! lhe area of lhe strueture projected on a pIane normal to the wind diree li on. The
force shall be assumed IO aci parallel to I he wind direetion.
(b) li nea r interpola tion is pelmiued faI h/ D values other than shown.
(c) Nom encla lure:
D = diameter of drcular cross secHan and l easl hori zonla l dim ension of square, hexJgo'lal. or oc tagollill cross sec!ions al el evalion
under considerarlon, in ft (m)
O' = de pth of pro trudi ng el ements such i1S ribs, corruga I ed jac.kel s, or olher sUffaee irregularilies thal aftecl the rcughness cf the
srack, in ft (m)
h = height of st ruclu re, in ft (m)

ql = velocì ty pressure evaluated zt helght z above ground, in psf (N/m I)

45

.lI . • , • • I . '~ I, J '" :; , .. , , I

 ASM E STS·}- 201 1

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX A
MECHANICAL DESIGN

Sce Flgs. A-l through A-13 end T"ble A-l.

Fig. A-l Friction Factor. f. as Related t o Reynolds Number and Stack Diameter
0.030 rTlCTTI-- r- r- rrTlTn- ---r-r-nrrrTTl

0.025 ~d--------i------,
D, = stack dia ., ft 2
ò
~ 0.020 ~~"'-=------+--------+
~

c 5
.2

O~=,r::~~r';;;;;;~l~O ~
t;

!;E 0 15 N Re lappro x.l =­ 15

20
20.000w 25
r;o:-

NRe = Reynolds Nu mber

46

" .' l J. 1 ~ II i, _ AI . ~ .J J . 0J I. 0' .....

 ASME 515-1-2011

fig, A,2 External Heat Transfer Coefficient for forced and Natural Convection
Ol~meter. ft
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
10.0

9.0 .\
80 ~1\ _

1
.- Natural convection
I Forr d clnvectlion

,\1\ ''' Ambient Lr.Frele Te~peraLre: iOOF

\ "'""" "" "-..1'---­

70 1\ 1\
'\ ~

1\ I~"'" """ -----­ ------ r---- I-­ ---­ r---­

~

,
1=

"'- "" l'---­

~
'­ Ì"'---I'----
"3 6,0
,;; 50 mph
------ I--r-­
1\l"'" "" l'---­ -----­ -----­ r--:--. --- --­
C
"
'C "----. 4S mph
è'
"
o ~ -------
u 50 40 mph
'--­
l'''' ~ ------- -----­ r-­
-----­ r---­ I-­
~

1\
~
c
•

-r---- --­ --­

35 mph

'""

;;;
I 4,0
"----.
----- t-­
m "­ ------­ 30 mph
"----.
E
~
w
x 1\Ì"----. "----.
-----­ r-- I---- '­
25 mph

3.0
20 mp h
-----­ ------ t-----­
l'''' Ì'--­ , 5 mph
2.0
"-- r---­ -----­ ,o
r---- ­--­
mph

Ì"'---
. f--' f-' ' -' i ­ ' -' - ' 7 mph
1.0 -' 5 mph
k
/ 3 mph
2 mph

0 .0 0 40 80 120 '60 200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600
B, Tempe rature Oiffe rence Between Extern(l l Sutf(lce
and Am blenl A ir.Fr ee Su eam , F

47

. 1 :;.. , ­ , , .' . '--

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. A·3 Ellec! of a ehange in !he Ambien! Air·Free

Stream Temperature on the External Heat Transfer

Coefficient far Forced Convection

,. 2
1
1---' 1
i--- !---
I-- !--- I-­

..

,I
100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0-10
Ambient Air-Free Strea m Temperature, T( F)
GENERAl NOTE:
h r = (hSù"f) (Temperature Correction Factorh wh e( e
hr the ederna! heat Iransfer coefficient for forced con­
veclion w hen the ambi en t air-free $tream tempera­
ture is T(0F)
h Wf the exlernal heat Irall sfer coeffic; ent for forced con­
vection for a 7{0F) of 60°F (se e Fig. A'2)

4H

... ,. r. ... J • ~ t. I. "tud

 ASME STS-1-2011

Fig. A-4 Heat T,ansIe, (oelficient lo, the Ai, Gap Between Two Walls 01 a Double-Walled Metal Chimney
4.2
Mean le:npe rature = 400"F

4.0 .,\T = 200"F

ò.T = 150"F
ò.T = 100"F
3 .8 ò.T ,=, 50"F
ò.T = lO"F

3.6

3 .4

32

M ean lemp
3.0
ò. T = 200"F
ò.T ", 150"F
't 2.8 ~
6 T = 100"F
ò.T = 50"F
1, òT =1 0"F
<
~ 26
."
à5
ci 24
ro

'4:" 2.2
M ea n tempe

2 .1T '" 200"F

AT = 150°F
c Il) 2.0 .1.T = 100"F
'u .1.T = 50"F
iE
(3•
~ T = 10 ° F
1.8

ro
Il) 1.4
I

1.2

1.0

0.8

0 .6

0.4

0.2

o
o 2 3 4 5 6
Air Gap, in.

...
-, L •. , ._ • t • ,. '"
 ASME STS-1-2011

Fig. A·5 Heat Transfer Coefficient for the Air Gap Between Two Walls of a Double·Walled Metal Chimney
8.0

7.8

7.6

7.4

7.2
Mean t empe rature = 600"F

7.0 4T = 200 F Q

i.\T = 150~F
ilT = 100°F
6.8 4T = 50°F
6T = 10°F
~
6.6
'"'­
'"
~
"'a:ro
6.4

lO
6.2

'2" 6.0
c ~
'0

"
o
u
o 5.8

o
<;; 5.6
c
ro Mean tempe
'"
<ii 5.4
I
o ~
AT = 200°F
òT = 150°F
5.2 L\ T = 100"F
L\T == 50°F
4T = 10°F
5.0

4.8

4.6

4.4

4.2

4.0
o 2 3 4 5 6
Air Gap, in.

50

. \ - l -' . " _ J -' I ~ I !. _ .

 A5ME 5T5-1-201"1

Fig. A·6 Internai Heat Transfer (oefficient (Btu/hr-ft 2 'F) vs. Velocity (ft/sec) Film Temperature: 200'F

12.0

1h
/
11 .0

/
10.0
/
2h

V /
9.0
/ 3h

V
~ .~
Oh

~
, 8.0
/ 6h

'='­
~

'O
~ 7.0
/
V
/ ~ Y0 /
ah
10 h

v/ ~ ~~ ~
12 ft
c

•
'0 15 h

:E
o
~
"
6.0
/ Internai diameter

/~ ~ 0 ~
~
"
c
ro
;/' ~~c;::n stack, ft
drical

'" /
p
)il
:IO
50
.

/~ ~ »~ V

3.0
~~@~
p
2.0 ~~
Film 200"F

1.0

0.0
o 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ve locity, fVsec

51

.. ~ r~ .> I LI I '. ~ . t _ l Af. ; , ',.,. It . , r~ ,. ;. J '. -' I Co ,

 ASME STS-1-2011

Fig. A·7 Internai Heat Transfer (oelficient (Btu/hr·ft' 'F) vs. Velocity (ft/sec) Film Temperature: 300'F
12.0

11.0

1h

10.0 /
V
9.0
/ 2h

/ / ~.
V
3h

z- 8.0 4h

~V
I

~ç
o
~_ 7.0
/ / /
6h

/ ~~k;~~
8h
c
•
'u Oh
iE 2ft
o

v
o
5ft
~ 6.0

~
~ ~V~ ~
~nal
~c
diameter
~ of cyli ndrical
ro

;;~~
smoke stack, ft
i: 5.0

~
•c
~c
4.0

I ~ ~~
V
3.0

.i
2.0
I
~
l.
Vii""
Film temperature: 300°F
I
I

1.0

I
0.0
O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

Velocity, ft/sec

52

'~ ' . :, ~_ ./\ li, . •' , ) I·! .. ". : _ 11. J.." ~ " .
 A5ME 5T5·1 - 20 11

Fig. A·8 Internai Heat Transfer Coefficient (Blu / hr·ft' 0F) vs. Velocity (ft / sec) Film Temperature: 500°F
12.0

11 .0

10 .0

9 .0

y
1h

!I­ 8.0

~
~
I

/ /
àJ 7.0 / 3h

/ / ~
c V
•
·0
iE
•o
u 6.0
'/ /'
'h

6h
8h

V ~ ~ ~~
/'
.f' ~
c 10 h
~ 12 h
':"•o 5. 0
15 h

~~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~nterna
I
ro I diameter
E of cy lindrica!
c• smoke stack.. ft
4.0 /

/ a ~~
/ ~ ~
3.0

;::~ ~
~
2.0
;j
~ Fil m 'I." : 500°F

1.0

0.0
O 10 20 30 'O 50 60 70 80 90 100
Ve !ocity, ft./se c

53

r ~, ... .. lJ .• .... ,.
 A5ME 5T5-1-2 0 11

Fig. A·9 Internai Heat Transler Coelficient (Btu /h r·ft' 'F) vs. Velocity (ft/sec) Film Temperature: 1.000'F
l, .0

11 .0

10 .0

9 .0

.0

.0
1 f1

.0 /
V
~
V

.0
V /
3h
4h

/ ;~
/ / ~V
V 6h
8h
10 h
12 fl
4 .0 15 h

~~~ ~~
~
~I
Int ernaI diameter
of cyli ndrical
smok e stack, ft
/
3.0
p
2 .0
h ~~ ~
~~ F;lm ten 1,OOO"'F

o.0
O 10 'O 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Velocity, fVsec

54

- j , _. , , I.. .~ .•'
'. ,J
 ASME STS-1-20 11

Fig. A·10 Flue Size

160

15 0

140

130

120

110

100
400
-

~
<5
~ ~
o -o
o
q .é

~
o "
(5

-•
u:

"l:" - - -­ - ­ - -­
."
w
~

~
u
"
(5

•
ùi
'3 60

20
900 ~f-r-~r---f-+-t+--t---t---t---t---t---t---t---t-~

10

1.000 ' -_-'-''----'--'-- ''---'-L-_--'-­_ --'-_----'_ _ L-_--'--_ --'-_----'_ _"---_--'--_--'-_--'-'

Example: Gas flow .. 200,000 Ib/hr; gas tempo '" 500 F, gas velocity in flue = 50 h/sec. Flue size " 70 fc

NOTE:
( 1) far 5Qua re or rena ng>.Jla r f1.Jes, use eQual ((05S-5eCltOnal areas.

ss

.' -, !~
 ASME STS- I-2011

Fig. A-l l Natural Draft

21 00 r---~---'----.----r----r---'----.----.----r---'---'TT--rT--'-r--'-'-'-' 0 . 0

0.1

0.2

1800 0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8
~ ~

~, 12 00 r---1---~~T-~~~,~\? f\--~----~--4----8J~~~---f~~~~~---+--~ 0.9 Q ~

ci.
E
~ ••
~

~ 11 00 f_--+----\-\+-\t~.l:':, 1.0 Eu
~
.è
'"e 1 000 r---+----~4_~ ~~0\~._~~~~~+~--f_~~_f--t_f_~~--~~_1--~q_--~
~ ~

o
i?
~" "
li
900 r--+--+-+-t-l~, \_ ..;n-\-Hc-\----'<l-+--'\I--+-I'--": "'f -­ -f-­ f'k­ -+""--+­ --"( 2

8001--­ 1------11---\-\:;,.17 -\--t---\---\-1--\---\-f----'\-t-''i/--tf-----'A:+­ - /-+V-+-f--+­ ---'I<:------j---''ç--{

600 --­ -

400f_- + --+----+--\--\-I-\--7\b.Lì7'PrcM---')f-I-;)(--f--'lc+----+""-f---f-""'+ --_1 1.7

Exa m ple: TAG :. 600 F; H :. 150 ft. o in.; T

AMB
:=- 60 F. Natura l dra ft :. 1.1 24 In.

56

' 1 . l~ ' . " J _ ~ _:I

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. A·12 Fri t tion loss

Gas velocilv V (flIsecl ---+­
o O O O 50 ;0 70

l
I~.

~ \~ ~ -
~~ \-~
\,
\
. 2C
"
,,(l f
\ \- -'
(----­ \r<­ 600f - BOOf

~ ~
-........
~ ~ ~ ~ k?'-
l-----r
-.....::::::- r:::::+­
,,
--­ ---------­ -
,,
,,
.60
~~O~~~~,~;~~;~~ , ~ ______ __ I~- ---­ -- -­ - - -­ ~
---­
\''-' -­
I ~ ----­ , \-­
. . /4f
- ----­
-_o. __~~._~. ,,
r--~ -
---­ __ o,
1": i"!é-
~ O.50
.g ~;---. --~~ v.J~~ I ---~-
--\ ~C- - - -­ \" 7 - /~(Ia
~
~
<1
,;
•o l ' ---~~ wllll!J --­
~.'.---
\\
~

-::-- ._, .\ '/

~~)-tsp, ~ ~'~0 ~P.~ ' 'y K; y;j
c O.40
.9
----
V
.~

.""~ <-­ X >( IX//;7/1il-­/ -

.:: ---o/'
---.

~
\

o.30 ~M
----------­
--- .

--------- I-­ ~. 2 X ;0; VI

;< ~ '"
----------­
~~
>< X 0(V'I\ {ti .--­ ---­ -
O.20

0.1 1,
-- r-­ ~.
t-
"7­ '------­ '/ ~() ~N Vi '\
- D~ V I~ -/ h ~II ~ 't:; \\
I D. .1
----------­
------­

O.10
1""­
- -J;;Z~ ~ r::A ~ ~\ t\ -/­
- - -­

o.00 M ---­ ~_.

f
/
~p
/

Example : 0= 5 n, o in.; TAVG '" 500 F; V = 50 n/sec.

0/ ili/ ~il;",:s,
Friction 1055 for 100 ft, J. F = 0.11 (in . of water).

57

I - -. j I
 ASME STS-1-2011

Fig. A-13 Exit loss and Entrance

100.0 0.00

~ ~ r-----, ~ I 1/ / '/ / / / / V
1/ /
/ 0.15

~ ~ I(J Iljli- -/, (./ / /

~ /

~ r1lVI V;! / '/ / / r- -r:­

900 0.30
3n ..
..
mw
,
~

80.0
K VI ~ / / r-­ r-­ . <,

Il I ~ 0< rv< / /' ~ " 75

?/~ i~l/ il)
70 o ~ X 7' ~ ~,
,M

f
l1-f~~//VX fV ~ " ----~---- -"-­ ~ ..::..:: - ­ - ---­ - _. ..

/ 1/1f~f 1\\ ,,~,

'.05

~ ~

""
60.0 ....... 1.20
Il ////I.l/
I
\~"' ~ '-..
........
1.35 .

2:
'II I///f ,~~ ~
'g
~
~
~

'2
50.Q

~I ~Ij/ \~ ~ "'" ~ ~ 165

1. 50 .

o
o.
o

1;j \ ~ ~
:>

40. 0

!ff// \
\ "\ ~
1.80

1.95

30.0
Wl \ \ ~ ~2 . '0
\ ~ 2.25

20.0
\ \j ~ ""
\ ~ 2.55

10.0
\ '\ \j 2.70
\ 2.85

0.00 \ M

hample: v'" 80 f1Jsec; T:= 500 F; 10·ft exit eone; pressure drop ~p ~ 0.986 'I n

58

) , " ", . . . t,o • ,I I" • l . j '" Il

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Table A-l K Factors for Breeching Entrance Angle

K = filctor depe(\d ing on breech ing entran((' angle from vet1ical

1.0 for 90 deg

0.75 for 60 deg
0. 5 for 45 deg
0. 2 for 30 deg
0.85 for 45-deg slope 0(\ top only

59

c - - I
"
 ASM E STS-1-2011

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX B

MATERIAlS FOR AMBIENT AND ElEVATED TEMPERATURE

SERVICE

See T"bles 6-1 through 6-17.

Table B-1 ASTM A 36 Carbon Steel

A - Ch em ical Composition 01 Elements

Elements Chemical Compositìon, %

Carb on 0.35 max .

Ma nganese 0. 29/ 1.06
Phosphorus 0.048 max.
Su lfur 0.058 max.
SII'con 0. 10 min .

B - Typical Annealed Properties

Temperalure, Minlmum Yield, Minimum Tensile, Modulus of Elasticity,
DF (DC) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) l,si (MPa)

- 20 (-29) 36.0 (248.0) 58.0 (399.6) 29,676 (204 471)

100 (38) 36.0 (248.0) 58.0 (399.6) 29,062 (200234)
150 (66) 1 3.8 (232 .9) \8.0 (1 99.6) 28 ,831 (198644)
200 (93) 33.0 (22 7.4) 580 (199 .6) 28, 600 (197 0 54)
250 Cl 2l) 3 2.4 (223.2) 58.0 (1 99.6) 28 350 (195 332)
300 ( 149) 31.8 (21 9 .1) 58.0 (399.6) 28, 100 (19 3 6 09)
400 (204) 10.8 (212 . 2) 58 .0 (399.6) 1 7.70 0 (190 8 53)
500 (260) 29.1 (20 1.9) 58.0 (399.6) 27.100 (1 8 6 71 9)
600 (3 16) 27.6 (190.2) 58 .0 (199.6) 26, 40 0 (1 8 1 896)
650 (343) 26. 7 (18 tl.OJ 58 .0 (199.6) 25, 8 50 (178 106)
700 (3 71) 2 5.8 (17 7.8) 58 .0 (399.6) 25,300 (17 4 31 7)
750 (399) 24.9 (t 71.6) 57.3 (394.8) 24,650 (16983 8)
800 (427) 24. 1 (16 6.0) 53.3 (36 7.2) 2il,000 (16 5 360)
850 (454) 23.4 (161.2) 48 .5 (334.2) 23, 150 (159 50 ) )
900 (482) 22.8 (157.1) 43. 3 (298.3) 22,300 (153 64 7l
950 (5 10) 22. 1 (t 52.3) 38.0 (261.8) 21 , 250 (l L.. 6 413)
1,000 (5381 21.4 (111 7.4) 33.4 (230.1) 20 , 200 (13 9 1 78)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Propertics taken fram ASM E Boil er alld Press ure Vesset Code (BPVC), Se Olon Il.

Cb) Properties are "cypi cal," un[ess oth erwi se indi< ated. an d should nOI be taken as gua ran teed properties.

60

, I t... ,'.;.> J ., .... 1 •

 ASME STS-1-2011

Table 6-2 ASTM A 387 GR 11 Alloy Steel

A - Chemical Composition of Elements

Elements Chemical Composition, "';",

Carbon 0.15 max.

Manganese 0.30/0.61
Phosphorus 0.045 max.
Sulfur 0.045 max.
Silicon 0.50 max.
Chrom!wn 0.80/1.25
Molybdenum 0.44/0.65

6 - Typical Annealed Properties (ClassjCondjTemper 1)

Temperature, Mlnimum Yield, Minimum Tensile, Modulus of Elasticity,
"'F ("'Cl ksi (MPa) I<sl (MPa) ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 3 5.0 (241.2) 60.0 (413.4) 30,076 (207 227)

100 (38) 35.0 (241.2) 60.0 (413.4) 29,462 (202 990)
150 (66) 33.3 (229.4) 60.0 (413.4) 29,231 (201 LtOO)
200 (93) 32.3 (222.5) 60.0 (413.4) 29,000 (199 810)
250(121) 31.5 (217.0) 60.0 (413.4) 28,750 (198 088)
300 (149) 30.7 (211.5) 60.0 (Lt13.4) 28,500 (196 365)
400 (204) 29.5 (203.3) 60.0 (413.4) 28,000 (192 920)
500 (260) 28.4 (195.7) 60.0 (413.4) 27.400 (188 786)
600 (316) 27.4 (188.8) 60.0 (413.4) 26,900 (185 31, 1)
650 (343) 26.9 (185.3) 60.0 (413.4) 26,550 (182 929)
700 (371) 26.4 (181.9) 60.0 (413.4) 26,200 (180 518)
750 (399) 25.9 (178.5) 60.0 (413.4) 25,900 (178 451)
800 (427) 25.2 (173.6) 60.0 (413.4) 25,600 (176 384)
850 (454) 2Lt.5 (168.8) 58.3 (1101.7) 25,200 (173 628)
900 (482) 23.8 (164.0) 55.8 (384.5) 24,800 (170872)
950 (510) 22.9 (157.8) 52.6 (362.4) 24,350 (167 771)
1,000 (538) 21.9 (t 50.9) 48.8 (336.2) 23, 900 (1 64 61 1)

c - Typical Normalized and Tempered Properties (ClassjCondjTemper 2)

Minimum Minimum
Temperature, Yield, Tensile, Modulus of Elasticity,
"'F ("'Cl ksl (MPa) ksl (MPa) ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 45.0 (310.1) 75.0 (516.8) 30,076 (207227)

100 (38) 45.0 (310.1) 75.0 (516.8) 29,462 (202 990)
150 (66) 42.8 (294.91 75.0 (516.8) 29,231 (201 400)
200 (931 41.5 (285.9) 75.0 (516.8) 29,000 (199 810)
250 (121) 40.5 (279.0) 75.0 (516.8) 28,7 50 (198 088)
300 (149) 39.5 (272.2) 75.0 (516.8) 28,500 (196 365)
400 (204) 37.9 (261.1) 75.0 (516.8) 28,000 (192 920)
500 (260) 36.5 (251.5) 75.0 (516.8) 27,400 (188 786)
600 (316) 35.3 (243.2) 75.0 (516.8) 26,900 (185 341)
650 (343) 34.6 (238.4) 75.0 (516.8) 26,550 (182 929)
700 (371) 34.0 (234.3) 75.0 (516.8) 26,200 (180518)
750 (399) 33.2 (228.7) 75.0 (516.8) 25,900 (178 451)
800 (L.. 27) 32.5 (223.9) 75.0 (516.8) 25,600 (176 384)
850 (45Lt) 31.6 (217.7) 72.8 (501.6) 25,200 (173 628)
900 (482) 30.6 (210.8) 69.7 (480.2) 24,800 (170 872)
950 (510) 29.4 (202.6) 65.7 (452.7) 24,350 (167 771)
1.000 (538) 28.4 (195.7) 61.0 (420.3) 23,900 (16L.. 671)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Properties taken fro m ASME BPVC, Scc tion II.

Cb) Properties are ··typ ic:al," unless otheMise in dicated, and should no! be taken as guaranteed propertles.

6)

. , Il' I.. U . . 01
"
 ASME STS-1-2011

Table B-3 ASTM A 387 GR 12 Alloy Steel

A - Chemical Composition of Elements

Elements Chem ic. al Co mposition, %

Carbon 0. 1 5 ma".
Manganese 0.30/0.61
Phosphorus 0.045
Sulfur 0.045 max.
Silicon 0.50/1.00
Chmmium 1.0011.50
Mol."bdt'J1um 0. 44/0.65

B - Typical Annealed Properties (Class/ Cond / Temper 1)

Temperature, Minimum Vleld. Minimum Tensi le. Modulus of Elastlcity,
DF (DC) ksi (MPa) !<si (MPa) ksi (MPa)

-20 (- 29) 33.0 (2n 4) 55.0 (379.0) 30.07 6 (207 227)

100 (38) 33.0 (227.4) 55.0 (379.0) 29,462 (202 990)
150 (66) 31.0 (2 13.6) 55.0 (379.0) 29.231 (201 400)
200 (93) 29.8 (205.3) 54 .0 (372.1) 29,000 (1998 10)
250(121) 28.9 (199. 1) 53. 5 (368.3) 28, 750 (198088)
300 (149) 28.1 (193.6) 52.9 (364.5) 28,500 (196 365)
400 (204) 26.8 (184.7) 52.9 (364. 5) 28.000 (192 920)
500 (260) 25.9 (178.5) 52.9 (364.5) 27,400 (188 786)
600 (316) 25.1 (172.9) 52.9 (364.5) 26,900 (185341)
650 (343) 2'-8 (170.9) 52.9 (364.5) 26,550 (182 929)
700 (371) 24.4 (168.1) 52.9 (364.5) 26,200 (180 518)
75 0 (399) 24.0 (1 65.4) 52.9 (364.5) 25,900 (t 78451)
800 (427) 23.6 1162.6) 52.9 (364.5) 25,600 (176 384)
850 (4 54) 23.1 05 9.2) 52.9 (364.5) 25,200 (173628)
900 (482) 22.5 (155.0) 51.4 (354.1) 24.800 (170 872)
950 (510) 21.7 (149.5) 489 (336.9) 24.350 (167 771)
1.000 (538) 20.9 (144.0) 45.8 (315.6) 23 .900 (164 67 1)

c - Typical Normalized and Tempered Properties (Class/Cond/Temper ; 2)

Te mperature, Min im um Yield, Mìnimum Tensile, Modulus of Elasticity,
DF (OC) kSi (MPa) ((si (MPa) ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 40.0 (275.6) 65.0 (44.7.9) 30,076 (207 227)

100 (38) 40.0 (275.6) 63.8 (439.6) 29.462 (202 990)
150 (66) 3 7.5 (258.4) 62.5 (4 30.6) 29.231 (10 1 400)
200 (93) 36.2 (249.') 62.5 (430.6) 29,000 ( 199 8 10)
250 (121) 35 .0 (241 .2) 62 .5 (430.6) 28,750 (198088)
300(149) 34.0 (234.3) 62.5 (430.6) 28.500 (196 365)
400 (204) 32 .5 (223 .9) 62 .5 (4 30.6) 28,000 (192 920)
500 (260) 31.4 (216.3) 62 .5 (4 30.6) 27,400 (188 786)
600 (316) 30.5 (210.1) 62.5 (430.6) 26,900 (1 85 34 j)
650 (343) 30.1 (207.4) 62.5 (430.6) 26,550 (182 929)
700 (371) 29.6 (2 03.9) 62.5 (430.6) 26,200 (180 5 18)
750 (399) 29.1 (200.5) 62.5 (430.6) 25,900 (1 78 45 1)
800 (427) 23.6 ( 197.1) 62.5 (430.6) 25,600 (176384)
850 (<S4) 28.0 (192.9) 62.5 ('l0.6) 25,200 (173628)
900 (482) 27.2 (187.4) 60.8 (418.9) 24,800 (170 872)
950 (510) 26.3 ( 181.2) 57.8 (398.2) 24.350 (16 7 77 'l)
1,000 (538) 25 .3 (174.3) 54.2 (373.4) 23,900 (164 671)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Prop ertles taken rrorn ASME BPVC, Section Il .

Cb) Properties are "typical.~ unle:.:. orherv.rise indicated, and should not be taken as guaranteed properties.

62

l, .. .• 1 , ~ ,
 ASME STS-1-2011

Table B-4 ASTM A 242 Type l / A 606 Type 4 (Corten A)

A - Chemical Composition 01 Elements
Elements Chemìcal ComJ)ositlon, %

Carbon 0. 12 max.
Manga nese O. 20/ 0. SO
Phosp ho rus 0.07/ 0.1 S
Sulfur O.OS max.
Silicon 0.2\/0.7\
Copper O.25/0.S5
(hrom i.lilì 0.\0/1.2\
Vanadium 0.65 max.

GENERAL NOTE: Reprinted with perm iss ion from USS Stee ls for Ele­
valed Temperature Service. 1976 revisiol' .

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Minimum Yietd, Min imum Tensile, Modulus of Elastlcity,
°F {O(l ksi (MPa) [(si (Mpa) [(si (MPa)

-20 (-29) 54.1 (372.7) 81.3 (\60.2) 30,000 (206 700)

80 (27) 54.1 (372.7) 81.l (\60.2) 30,000 (206 700)
200 (93) 50.8 (3\0.0) 76.2 (\2\.0) 29,000 (199810)
400 (204) 47 .6 (328.0) 764 (\26.4) 28,000 (192 920)
600 (316) 41.1 (283.2) 81.3 (\60.2) 26,900 (185 341)
800 (427) 39.9 (274.9) 76.4 (526.4) 25,600 (176 384)
1,000 (538) 35.2 (242.5) \2.8 (363.8) 23,900 (164 671)
1, 200 (649) 20.5 ( 141.2) 27.6 090. 2) 21,800 (150 202)
1,400 (760) 20. S (141.2) 10.6 (73.0) 18,900 (130 221)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Considerable deviation from the listed properties maV O((U ( as a result of the rela ti vely broad chemical composition range shown.
(b) Properties are ktypical," unless otherwise indi t ated. and should noi be taken as ~uaran!ee d pfOpert ies .
(c) Values ta ken from USS Steels (or Eleva ted Temperature Service.
(d) Reprinted with penn ission (rom USS Steels for Elevaled Tempera tu re Service. 1976 re visiono

63

,, 1"1. j \
 A5ME 5T5- 1-2011

Table B-5 ASTM A 588 GR A/ A 709 (Corten Bl

A - Chemical Composition 01 Etements

E:le ments Ch emic al Com position, %

Carbon 0.10/0.1 9
Manga nese 0.90/1.25
Phosphorus 0.04 max.
5ulfuf 0.05 max.
Silicon 0.15 / 0.30
Copper 0.25 / 0.40
Chromium 0.1.0/ 0 .6 5
Vanad ium 0.01 / 0 .10

GENERAl NOTE: Reprinted with permission from USS Sleels for Ele­
va ted Temperature Service, 1976 revi siono

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Tempera ture, Minimum Yield , Minimum Ten sile, Modulu!. of Elastici[y,
°F (OC) ksi (Mpa) ksi (MPa) ksl (MPa)

- 20 (- 29) 5 5,0 (37 9.0) 86.7 (597.-'1 ) 30,000 (206 700)

80 (2 7) 55.0 (379.0) 86.7 (597.4) 30,000 1206 7001
200 (93) 51. 7 (356.2) 81.4 (560.8) 29,000 (1 998 10)
400 (204) 48.-'1 (333 .5) 79.8 (549.8) 28,000 (192 920)
600 (3 16) -'16.7 (32 1.8) 75.5 (520.2) 26 ,900 (185 341)
800 (427) 4 5.1 (310.7) 71.1 148 9.9) 2 5,600 (176 38 4)
1,000 (538) 35.8 (246 .7) 52.0 (35 8.3) 23 ,900 (164 671 )
1.200 (649) 20.0 (137 .8) 30,3 (20 8,8) 21 ,800 (1 50202)
1,400 (760) 9,4 (64 .81 11.3 (77.9) 18.900 (130 22 1)

GE NERAl NOTE S:
(a) Considera bi e dev,a lion {rom the lis ted prope rt ies may occu r as a resull of the relalive ly broad chemical composil i on range shown.
(b) This materia I sho uld not be used Jbove 800<>F {or load' bea ri ng st ructures beca u se of possible 105'> o f dUCl ility.
(c) Properties are "typical," unless otherwise indicaled, and should not be laken as guarant eed prope rties.
(d) Va lu es l<lken fra m USS Steels for Elevated Temp era ture Service.
(e) Reprinted wilh perml ssion from USS Steets for El evò ted Temp era ture Service, 1976 revisìon.

64

'I , h . ,•. , -,
 A5ME 5T5- 1-20 11

Table 8-6 A5TM A 240 5tainless 5teel Typ e 410

A - Chem ical Composition 01 Elemen ts
Et ern ents Chemical Co mpos itìon, %

Carbon 0.15
Mangan ese 1.00
PflOSphorus 0.04
Sulfur O.Ol
Silicon 1.00
Chromium 11.50/ 13 .50
Iron BaI.

B - Typ ical Tensile Properties

-------------------------
Temp erature, Mi nì mum Yietd, Minimum Tensite, Modulus of Etastic.ity,
"F ("C) ksì (MPa) ksl (MPa) ksi (MPa)

- 20 (- 29) lO.O (206.7) 65.0 ("7.9) 29,729 (2 0<'< 836)

100 (lB) 30.0 (206.7) 6S,0 (4117.9) 29, 015 (1 99916)
150 (66) 2B.4 (195.7) 65.0 (4".9) 28,708 (197 796)
200 (9l) 27.6 (1902) 65.0 (4ft 7 .9) 28,400 (195 676)
250 (121) 27.0 (186.0) 64.4 (443.4) 28,150 (193 95l)
l OO (149) 26.6 (l8J.J) 6l.7 (4 l8.9) 27,900 (192 23 1)
400 (104) 26.2 (180.5) 61.6 (4l1.3) 27.300 (188097)
500 (260) 15.8 (177.8) 6 1. 6 ("14.4) 26.800 (184 652)
600 (l16) 15.l (174.3) 60.1 (Jjl Jj.l) 26, 100 (180 518)
650 (34 l) ".8 (170.9) S9.0 (Jj06.5) 25,850 (178 107)
700 (l71) 24.l (167.4) 57.5 (396.2) 25,500 (17 5 695)
750 (399) 2l.6 (162.6) 55.6 (383.1) 25,000 (1 72 250)
800 (4 l7) 22.7 (156.<'<) 5l.4 (l67 .9) 24.500 (16880 5)
850 (454) 11.6 (148.8) 50.7 (3Jj9.3 ) 23,85 0 (1M 327)
900 (48 2) 10.3 (ll9.9) 47.7 (328.7) 23,200 (1 59 8Jj8)
950 (5 10) 18.9 (I lO.l) Jj4.2 (30ft.5) 22,lSO (lSl 992)
1.000 (5 l8) 17.2 (t 18.5) JjO.3 (277.7) 21.500 (148 135)

GE NERAl NOTES;
(a) Prope rties taken fro m ASME BPVC. Seui on Il.
(b) Prope rties are "lypical," unless otherwise indic3t€d. and should noi be taken as gUdl anteed properties.

65

l ' ... 11
 ASME S1S -1- 20 11

Table B·7 ASTM A 240 Stainless Sleel Type 304

A - Chemical Composition of Elements
Etements Chemical Composition. %

(a rbon 0.06
Ma nganese 2.00
Phosphol1.JS 0.0 4 5
Sul rur 0.030
Silicon 0.75
( hromium 18.0/12.00
Nicket 8 .0 / 10.5
Iran BaI.

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Minimu m V/eld, Minimum Tensi le, Modulus of Elasticity,
"F ("Cl I(sì (MPa) ksi (MPal ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 30.0 (206.7) 75.0 (516.8) 28, 776 (198 270)
100 (38) 30.0 (206 .7) 75.0 {516.81 28 ,!l 5 (1 93 715)
150 (66) 26.7 (184 .0) 73.0 (503.0) 27 ,808 (19 1 595)
200 (93) 25.0 (172. 3) 71.0 (489.21 27,500 (189 475)
250 (121) 23.6 (162. 6) 68.6 (472.7) 27 ,250 (187 75 3)
300 (149) 22.4 (154.3) 66.2 (456.1) 27 .000 (186030)
400 (204) 20. 7 (142.6) 64.0 (441.0) 26,400 (181 896)
500 (260) 19.4 033.7) 63.4 (436.81 25,900 (178451)
600 (316) 18.4 ( 126.8) 63.4 (436.8) 25.300 (174 317)
650 (34 3) 18 ,0 ( 24 0) 63. 4 (436.8) 25.050 (172 594)
700 (371) 1 7.6 (12 1. 3) 6 3.4 (436.8) 24,800 (I 70872)
750 (399) 17.2 (!l8. 5) 63.4 (436.8) 24,450 (16846 1)
800 (4 271 16.9 (1 16.4) 6 2.8 (432.7) 24, 100 (1 660 49)
850 (454) 16.5 (113.7) 6 2.0 (427.2) 23 .800 (163 982)
900 (482) 16.2 (111. 6) 60.8 (418.9) 23500 (161 9 1 5)
950 (5 10) 15 .9 (1 09.6) 59.3 (408.6) 23 .1 50 (1 59 503)
1,000 (;38) 15.5 0 06.8) 5 7.4 095.5) 22 .800 (157 092)

GENERAl NOTES:

(il) Properile s taken from ASME BPV( . Seccion II.

(b) Properlie s are "typiç al," un less otherwise indicated. and shou ld nol be ta ken as gua rante ed propert ie s.

66

- , '<" !io" ~'1 I ~ '}' ",

 ASME 5T5·1 -20 11

Table B-8 ASTM A 240 Stainless Steel Type 316

A - Chemical Composition 01 Elements
Elemen(s Chemica l Composilion, %

Carbon 0. 08
Manganese 2.00
Phosphorus 0.045
5ulfur 0.030
5ilicon 0.75
Chromium 16.0/18.00
Nick el 10.0/14.0
Iran BaI.

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Minimum Vield, Minimum Tensile, Modulus of Elasticit",
or (Gel ksi (Mpa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 10.0 (206.7) 75 .0 (516.8) 28,776 (198 270)

100 (38) 30.0 (206.7) 75 .0 (516.8) 28,115 ( 193 715)
150 (66) 2 7.11 (188.8) 75.0 (516.8) 27.808 (191 595)
200 (93) 25.9 (178 .5) 75.0 (5 16.8) 27,500 (189 47 5)
250(121 ) 24.6 (169.5) 72.9 (502.3) 27,250 (18 7 753)
300 (149) 'I
23 (161. 2) 71.9 (495.4) 27,000 (186030)
400 (204) 21.4 (14 7.ll) 71.8 (494.7) 26,400 (181 896)
500 (260) 20.00 3 7.8) 71.8 (4911.7) 2 5,900 (178 451)
600 (316) 18. 9 (130.2) 71. 8 (494.7) 2 5.100 ( 174 317)
650 (343) 18.5 (127.5) 71.8 (1l9 11.7) 15.050 (172 594)
700 (37 1) 18.2 (125. 4) 71.8 (1l 94.7 ) 24,800 (170872)
750 (399) 17.9 (123.3) 71.5 (492.6) 24,450 (168 46 1)
800 (4 27) 17 .7 (122.0) 70.8 (487 .81 24,100 (1 660119)
850 (454) 17.5 (120 .6) 69.7 (480.2) 23,800 (163982)
900 (48 2) 17.3 (119. 2) 68.3 (470.6) 23,500 (161915)
950 (5 10) 17.1 (117.8) 66.5 (458.2) 23.1 50 (15 9 503)
1.0 00 (5l8) 17.0 (1 17.1) 64.1 (441.0) 22 ,800 (157 092)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Propertie5 taken from ASME BPVC, Se(lion II.
(b) Ploperties are "typica\," unless otherwise indicaled, and sho uld nOI be laken as guaranteed propert ies.

67

t- ·. I .." . " . .. .', \ .\ I . , . . , .: .. , l - 1

"
 ASME STS-1-2011

Table 8·9 ASTM A 240 Stainless Steel Type 304L

----------------------------------------~--------------------
A - Chemical Composition of Elements
Elem ents ( nemical Com posi tion, %

Carbon 0.03
Manganese 2.00
Ph osphorus 0.045
Sulrur 0.030
Silit:o" 0.75
CI'1romi u!11 18.0/20.00
Nickel 8.0/ 12
Iron BaI.

8 - Typical Tensile Properti es

Temp erature, Minim um Yield, Mlnimum Tensi te, Modulus of Elasticity,
°f (OC) ksl (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

- 20 1- 29) 25.0 (172.3) 70.0 1482. 3) 28,776 (19 8 270)

100 (38) 25.0 (172.3) 70.0 (/182.3) 28,115 (193 715)
I SO (66) 22.7 (156.4) 68.1 (468.9) 27,80n (191 595)
200 (93) 21. 4 (1 47.4) 66.1 (4 55.4l 27,500 (189 475)
250 (12 1) 20.26 (139.2) 63.7 (438.5) 27,2 50 (187 753)
300 (149) 19.2 (1 32.3) 6 1. 2 (4 21. 7) 27,000 ( 186030)
400 (204) 17.5 1120.6) 58.7 (404.4) 26,400 ( 18 1 896)
500 (260) 16.4 (113.0) 57.5 (396.2) 25,900 (1 78 451)
600 (3 16) 15.5 (106.8) 56.9 (392.0) 25,300 (171, 3\7)
650 (343) 15. 2 (104.7) 56.7 (390.7) 25,050 (172 594)
700 (37l) 15.0 1103.4 ) 56. 4 (388.6) 24,800 (1 70872)
750 (399) 14 .7 (101.3) 56.0 1385.8) 24,450 (168461)
800 (427) 14.5199.9) 55.4 (381.7) 2il,100 (16604 9)
850 (454) 14.3 (98.5) 54.61376.2) 23. 800 (163 982)
900 (482) 14.0 (96.5) 53.6 (369.3) 23.500 (161 915)
950 (51 0) J 3.7 (94.li) 52. 31360.3) 23.1 SO (15 9 503)
1.000 (538) 13.3 (91.6) 50.7 (349.3) 22,800 (1 57092)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Properties take n from ASME BPVC, Section II.
(b) Propert ies are '·typical," unless oth erwise indicated, and should nOI be taken as gu aranteed properties

68

. ..... t,. 'I , c .,.

 ASME STS-1-2011

Table 8-10 ASTM A 240 Stainless Steel Type 316L

----~--------------------
A - Chemical Composition of Elements
Element s Chemical Compo siti on, %

Ca rbon 0.03
Mangar'l ese 2.0 0
Phaspharus 0.045
Sul fur 0.030
5ilicon 0.75
Chramium 16 .0 /1 8.00
Ni ,kel 10.0 / 14.0
Iran Ba I.

8 - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Mi nimum Yield, Minimum Tensile, Modulus of Elastkity,
°F (cC) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

- 20 (- 29) 2S.0 (172.3) 70. 0 (482.3) 28,776 (1 98 270)

100 (38) 2S.O (172.3) 70.0 (481.3) 18,115 (193 715)
150 (66) 22.7 (156.4) 69.1 (475.8) 27,808 (191 595)
200 (93) 21.3 (146 .8) 68.1 (469.2) 27,500 (189 475)
2S 0 (1 21 ) 20.1 038 .5) 66.1 (455.1) 27.250 (t 8 7 753)
300 (1 '9) 19.0 (130.9) (.4.0 (44 1 .0) 27,000 (186030)
'00 (20') 17.S (120.6) 62. 2 (4 28.6) 26,400 (t 81 896)
500 (260) 16.-4 (113.0) 61.8 (4 25.8) 25.900 (17845 1)
600 (1 16) 15.6 (107.5) 61.7 (4 25. 1) 15,300 (17 4317)
6S0 (1'3) l S.l (105.') 61.6 (41 4.4) 25 .050 (172 594)
700 (37 1) I S.O (101.') 61.5 (413 .7) 2.t.,800 (170872)
750 (399) 14.7 (101.3) 61.1 (421.0) 2.t.,4 S0 (168 4(1)
800 ('27) 14.4 (99.2) 60.5 (416.8) 24,1 00 (166049)
850 (' S,) 14.1 (97.1) S9.7 ('11.3) 23,800 (163 982)
900 ('82) I l. 8 (95. 1) 58.6 ('03.8) 23,SOO (1 6191 Sl
950 (S l O) 13.5 (93.0) 57.1 093_4) 23,I S0 (1 S9 S03)
l.000 (538) I l . 2 (90.9) 5 5.' (38 1. 7) 22,800 (15 7 092)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Properties la ken trom ASME BPVC, SecllDn Il.

Cb) Properties are ··typi cal." unless otherwise indìcated, and shou ld noI be taken as gua ra nleed properties.

69

l ... .! .. . .. I
 ASME sTs-1-2011

Table B-ll ASTM A 240 Stainless Steel Type 317

A - Chemical Composition of Elements

Elements Chemkal Composition, %

Carbon 0.08
Manganese 2.00
Phosphorus 0,045
Su lru( 0.030
si li(on 0.75
Ch rom ium 18.0/20.0
Ni(kel 11.0/ 15.0
hon BaI.

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Minimum Yield, Minlmum Tensile, Modulus of Elasticity,
0' (O() ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) Ksi (MPa)

-20 (-29) 30.0 (106.7) 75.0 (5 16.8) 28,776 (198 270)

100 (38) 30.0 (206.7) 7 5.0 (516.8) 28, 1 15 (193 71 5)
150 (66) 27. 4 (188.8l 7 5.0 (516.81 27.808 (1 91 595)
200 (93) 25.9 (178.5) 75.0 (516.8) 27.500 (189 475)
250 (12 1) 24.6 (169.5) 72.9 (502.3) 27,250 (187 753)
300 (149) 13.4 (161.2) 71.9 (495.4) 27 ,000 (186 030)
400 (104) 11.4 (147.4) 71. 8 (49a.7ì 26,400 (181 896)
500 (260) 20.0 (137.8) 71.8 (494.7) 25,900 (178 451)
600 ()16) 18.9030.1) 71.8 (494.7) 15,300 (174 317)
650 (343) 18.5 (t 17 .5) 71.8 (494.7) 25,050 (172 594)
700 (371) 18.1 (115.4) 71.8 (494.7) 24,800 (t 70871)
750 (399) 17.9 (123.3) 71. 5 (491.6) 24,450 (168 46 1)
800 (427) 17.7 (112.0) 70.8 (487.8) 24,100 (166 049)
850 (454) 17.5 (110.6) 69.7 (480.2) 23.800 (163 981)
900 (482) 17.3 (119.1) 68.3 (470.61 21,5 00 (1619 15)
950 (510) 17.1 (117.8) 66.5 (45 8.2) 23,150 (159 503)
1,000 (538) 17.0 (117.1) 64.3 (443.0) 22,800 (157 092)

GENERAl NOTES :
(a) Properties taken rrom ASME 8PVC, section II.
(b) Properties are '"{ypicaL" unless oth el'Nise indicated, and shnu ld r101 be rake n a5 guaranteed prope rt ies.

70

',- ., A · ... • ". " !

 ASME 5T5-1-2011

Table B-12 ASTM A 516 Grade 70

A - Chemieal Composition of Elements

Eleme nts Chemical Composition. 0/0

Ca rb on 0.28
Manganese 0.81/1.20
Phosphorus 0.031
5ulfur 0.035
5ilieon 0. 15/0 .... 0

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Temperature, Minimum Yield, Mi nimum Tensile, Modulu s of Elasri city,
°F (Oel ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

- 20 (-29) 38 .0 (261.8) 70.0 (482. 3) 29,876 (205 849)

100 (38) 38.0 (261.8) 70.0 (482.31 29,262 (201 612)
150 (66) 35.7 (246.0) 70 .0 (482.3) 29,031 (200022)
200 (93) 34.8 (239.8) 70.0 (482.3) 28,800 (198 432)
250 (121) 34.2 (235.6) 70 .0 (482.3) 28,SSO (l 96 709)
300 (149) 33.6 (231.5) 70 .0 (481.3) 28,300 (19.lj 987)
.lj00 (20.lj) 32.5 (223.9) 70 .0 (.lj82.3) 27. 900 (19 223 1)
100 (260) 31.0 (21 3.6) 70.0 (482.3) 27,300 (18 8 (9 7)
600 (3 16) 29.1 (200.1) 70.0 (.lj82.3) 26,SOO (18 2 58S)
650 (343) 28.2 (194.3) 70.0 (.lj82.3) 26,000 (1 79 140)
700 (371) "'2 (187 .4) 70.0 (.lj82.3) 21.100 (17 1 691)
750 (399) 26.3 (181.2) 69. 1 (.lj76. 1) 2.lj,8S0(171217)
800 (427) 2\.1 (175 .7) 64.3 (443.0) 24.200 (166 738)
850 (4 54) 24.7 CI 70.2) 58.6 (403.8) 23.310 (160 882)
900 (482) 240 (1 6 1.4) 52.l (360. 3) 22.500 (III 0251
9 50 (510) 23.3 (1 60.1) 45.9 (3 16.3) "-'50 (147 791)
1.0 00 (53 8) 22.6 (I 15. 7) 40.4 (278.4 ) 20.'0 0 (140 516)

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Properti es l aken from ASM E BPVC, SeClion U.
(b) Properties are ~[ypka l ," unl ess otherwise indica l ed, and shou!d not be taken as guara nteed properties.

71

L l " ,j . ~~ ! r l'' '.~ I ._.·,· ~ .

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Table 8-13 ASTM A 240 stainless Sleel Type 309

A - Chemical Composilion 01 Elemenls

Elements Che mic.al Compo sition, "I.,

Carbon 0.08
Manganese 2.0 0
Phosphorus 0.045
5ulfu r 0.030
5ilic.on 0.75
Chromium 22/24
Ni<kel 12/15
hon 8a l.

8 - Typical Tensile Properlies

Temperature, Mi nim um Yi eld, Mi nimum Tensile, Modulus of Elastic.ity,
"' re) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

- 20 (- 29) 10.0 (206.7) 75.0 (516.8) 28,776 (1 98270)

100 (18) lO.O (206.7) 75.0 (516 .8) 28,11 5 (193715)
150 (66) 27.6 (190.2) 75.0 (5 16.8) 27,808 (191 S95)
200 (91) 26.3 (181.2) 75.0 (516.8) 27, 500 (189 475)
250 (1 21) 25 .1 (172.9) 74.9 (SlS.7) 27,2S0 (t87 753)
100 (1'9) 24.2 (166.7) 74.7 (S14.7) 27.000 (186030)
400 (204) 22.7 (156.4) 73.2 (504.0) 26,400 (181 896)
500 (160) 21.6 (148.8) 71.6 (1;93.3) 25,900 (1 78 '.51)
600 (1 16) 20.8 (1 43 .3) 70.2 (48 3.7) 25,300 (1 74 317)
650 (143) 20.5 (1 41.2) 69.3 (4 77 .5) 25 ,050 (172 594)
700 (17l) 20.2 (139 .2) 68.3 (li70.6) 24 ,800 (170 872)
7>0 (199) 20.0 (137.8) 67 .2 (46 3.0) 24, 450 (t6B 46 1)
800 (427) 19. 7 (135.7) 65.8 (453.4) 24 ,100 (166049)
850 (454) 19.4 (133.7) 64.2 (442.3) 23.800 (J 61981)
900 (481) 19. 1 (13 1.6) 62.5 (430.6) 23,500 (161915)
950 (5 10) 18.8 {1 29 .5l 60.4 (416. 2) 23,150 (1)9 501)
l,ODO (518) 18.4 (126.8J 58.2 (40 l.0) 22,800 (157092)

GENERAL NOTES:
(a) Propert ies taken from A5M E BPVC, Sectio n Il.
(b) Prope rt ies are "typical." unless olhe rw i se indic.ated, and should no! be taken as gU iHan teed properties.

72

' j A .' [ . '• . r

 ASME STS·1-2011

Table B-14 ASTM A 240 Stainless Steel Type 310

A - Chemical Composition 01 Elements
Elements Chemica l Com position, %

Cubon 0.08
Manganese 2.00
Pho sp horu s 0.045
SulflJ r 0.030
Silicon 0.75
Chromium 24/26
Nickel 19/22
hall BaI.

B - Typical Tensile Properties

Tempera tu re, Minimum Yield, Minimum Tensile, Modutus of Etasticity,
'F ('C) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksl (M P,)

-2 0 <-29) 30.0 (206.7) 75 .0 (516.8) 28,776 (198 270)

100 (38) 30.0 (206.7) 75.0 (516.8) 28,115 (19 3 715)
150 (66) 27.9 (192.2) 74.6 (514.0) 27,808 (191 595)
200 (93 ) 26 .5(182.6) 7"-.2 (511.2) 27,500 (1894 75)
250 (121) 25.3 ( l 7td) 72.5 (499.S) 27,250 (187 753)
300 (149) 24.2 (166.7) 70.8 (4 87.8) 27,000 (186030)
400 (204) 22.6 (lSS. 7) 69.6 (479.5) 26.400 (1 8 1 896)
500 (260) 21.4 (147.4) 69.5 (478.9) 25,900 (1 78 451)
600 (316) 20.6 (1111 .9) 69.5 (478.9) 25,300 (174 317)
6S0 (343) 20.2 (139.2) 69.5 (478.9) 25,0 50 (172 594)
700 (371) 1 9.9 (137. 1) 69.3 (477.5) 24,800 (1 70872)
750 (399) 19.6 (135. 0) 68.8 (474.0) 24,450 (168461)
800 (427) 19.4 (133.7) 68.0 (468.5) 24,100 (166049)
650 (454) 19.1 (131.6) 66.9 (460.9) 23.800 (163982)
900 (482) 18.8 (129.5) 65.5 (451.3) 23,500 (161915)
950 (5 10) 18.5 (127.;) 63.8 (439.6) 23,150 (159 503)
1.000 (S38) 18.2 (t 25.4 ) 61.6 (424.4) 22,800 (157 092)

GENERAL NOTE5:
(a) Properties ta ken from ASME BPVC , Section II.
(b) Properti es are "typical," unl ess otherwise indicated, and should nOI be taken as guaranteed propertles.

Table B-15 other Stainless Steels, Nickel Alloys, and Titanium Used lor Stacks and Chimney Uners
Designations Nominai Ch emical Composition (% Weight)
Alloy UNS AS TM C C, NI M. CU N TI Fe Other

409 540900 A 140 0.08 11 0 .5 Ba I. 0.75 max.

317L 531703 A 240 0.03 19 n .O 3.25 BaI.
3 17LM 53172 5 A 240 0.03 19 16.0 4.25 BaI.
3 17lMN 531726 A 240 0.03 19 16.0 4.0 0.15 Bai.
2205 531803 A 240 0.03 12 5.0 3.0 0. 15 BaI.
255 532550 A 24 0 0.03 25 6.0 3.0 2.0 0. 15 BaI.
6% Mo [Note (l)] A 240 0.02 20/24 18/25 6/7.3 0/1 0.2/0.5 BaI.
B 688
625 N06625 B 443 0.05 II BaI. 9.0 Cb+Ta
276 Nl O276 B 575 0.02 16 BaI. 16.0 W
22. 622 N06022 B 575 0 .02 II BaI. 13.0 W
59 N06059 B 575 0.0 2 l3 59.0 16.0
686 N06686 B57S 0.01 li 57.0 16.0 W
Tita nium B 26S 0.08 BaI. 0.12 Residu als
R50250

NOTE:
(1) Because the 6°/" nlolybde nurn super-austeni tic stainle ss steels are proprietary, il is necessary to show a rang e of compositions.

73

. , • • I '. " 01 IL • •
 ASME STS·1-2011

Table 8-16 Thermal Coefficients of Expansion

Average CoeHicient of linear Thermal Expansion (in ./in .jOf x 10- 6 ) f rom ;2°f
ASTM Altoy 400 c F 600°F 800°F 1,oaO°F 1,200"F

Designation (2G4"CI ()16"Cl (427"Cl (538 "Cl (649' C)

A5TM A 36 6.8 7.2 7.7 8.0 8.2

A5TM A 242 6.9 7.0 7.2 7. 5 7.6
A5TM A 588 6.9 7.0 7.2 7. 5 7.6
A5TM A 387 ,GR 11, 12 6.8 7.2 7.5 7.8 8.1
A5TM A 176, Type 409 5.8 6.1 6.4 6. 6 6.8
A5TM A 176, Type '410 5.8 6.1 6.4 6. 6 6.8
ASTM A 240. Type 304 9.6 9. 0 10.1 10.3 10.5
ASTM A 240, Type 316 9. 6 9 .8 10.1 10.3 10. 5
ASTM A 240, Type 309 8.8 '.3 9.5 9.7 9.9
AS fM A 240 ,Type 310 8 .1 8. ) 6.7 9.0 9.0
ASTM B 686, 6% Mo 8.9 9. 3 9.8 10.0
ASTM B 443, Alloy 6 25 7. 3 7.4 7. 6 7.8 8 .2
ASTM B 575, Alloy (·276 6.2 6.7 7.3 7.4 7.8

Tab le 8-17 Maximum Nonscaling Temperature

A$TM Type or Grad e Maximum Tempe rature,
INote (lI) aF (a(l

A 36 BOO°F (id 7°C)

A 24 2, Type 1 950°F (510 C C)
A 387. Gr. l1,12 1,OSO°F (566°C)
A 176, Type 409 l ,300°F (704°C)
A 17 6, Type L.I0 l ,3 00°F (7 04 °C)
A 240. Type 304 l,650°F (899°Cl
A 240, Type 316 l,650°F (899°C)
A 24 0, Typ e 317 1.650° F (899°C)
A 240. Type 309 1,900 c F (I 038°C)
A 240, Type 310 2,QOOoF (1 03 8°C)

NOTE :
O) Man ufaourers of rypes or grades not listed should be con·
sulted for rec ommendations.

74

l 1\, ~ ,.,~', r
 ASME 5T5· 1- 2011

NONMANOATORY APPENOIX C
lININGS ANO COATINGS

See rigs. C-l and C-2 t1n d Tables C-l and C-2.

75

• . ,~ ., ", ~ I Il . 1 ~ ~ l " ,,' • .. ., .~., ". ,

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. C-l Dewpoint in Stack Gases

10­ 1000

/ /
V /
c--
a. 10% H20 from oil
b. 6% H2 0 trom coal
/ / .. -
1/ /
/ /
1/ 1/

1/ V
'E"
o
o
:g
b. 0% H10 / 1/0% H,O by volome
E
o.
o.

'"
/ //
ro
".
ro
, '.<"
(9 10­ 100 o
c
/ "O
·x
o
1/ ~
10
/,0-
/ 2
o
2
"3
/ / /
<il

<il
/ 1/ '" o / E
~
E
/ / :g / 1/
~
o
'"
ro

1/ / '"
ro
~10-A
o
1// '-""
1"0
·x
o
o

~
"O

//
·x
o
~ 6% H"Ob~h ,. 10% H"O by volume ,E
o
<il
2
"3
/
1/ <il
//

/ 1/
a. 10% H"G from oil

10-5
il b. 6y H20 rom loa'
0.1
90 100 110 120 130 140 150
Dewpoint, "C
3 I I I 10
130 140 150 160 170 180 190
Dewpoint,OC
1266'F) 1302'F) 1320'F) 1338'F) 1356'F)
Dewpoint Versus Sulfur Trioxide Concentration

76

.q L' ,, " 011 l o . ,

 ASME STS·1-2011

Fig. (·2 Sul!uric Acid Saturation (urve

Operatlng Conditions

55, C 65,C 80,C 135, C

C
:S crubbed '
, gas
Mlxetl ,'Raw I,
gflses I gasI
200
Basis O 020 ipy
mal(. corrosion
rate oxidizing
conditions
150

Boiling point
cu rve
100 200
.90<7(
V',
6'(
"'.>,\tO"
50
Adiabat ic
salUr81ion curve
O .-..l o
O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Sulluric Acid Co ncentralion, wl, %

77

, I . ., ..,
 ASME STS- 1-20 11

Table C-l Suggested Suitability of Linings for Steel Stacks to Withstand Chemical and Temperature
Environments of Flue Gases
Uning
Chemical Environment Therma l En vironme nt
Classifieation
UNS No. Type (ASTM) Mild Moderate Severe Mild Modera te Severe

Organie Polyester X X X

Resin Novotac pheno\ic epoxy (Note OH X X X X X X INote (2))

Novo tae epoxy INote (1)] X X X X X

Epoxy X X X

Vinyl ester X X X X

Urethanes X X X

Organie Nalur.:ll rubber X X X

Etastomefs N e~prene X X X

Chlorobutyt X X X

fluoroelaslomer X X X X X

Inorga nie Potassium Silkate X X X X X X

Monolitic Caldum Alumilw l e X X X X X

Concrete Refractory X X X X

In sulating X X X

Inorganie Boro$ili r ate glass b!ock X X X X X X

Ma sonry Fìrebrick and refracto ry morta r X X X X X

Acid·resislant brick alld chem ieally X X X X X X

res istant mortar

In sulat in g brick and re/raelory X X X

morta r

UN S 40900 Siainiess s(eel (A 2L.i 0) (Note (3)] X X X X

UNS L.ilOOO Sta inless steel (A 2L.i0) (Note (3)1 X X X X

UNS 30L.i03 Stainless steel (A 2L.i0) [Note ())I X X X X X

UNS S)160) Stainless steel (A 2"0) [Note 0 )1 X X X X X

UN5 53 1703 Stainless sleel (A 240) X X X X X

UNS S31725 Stainless steel (A 240) X X X X X

UNS S31726 5tainless steel (A 240) X X X X X

UNS S31803 Stainless steel (A 240) X X X X X X

UNS S)1550 Stainless sleel (A 2L.i0) X X X X X X

6°1;" Ma Stainless steel (A 240) X X X X X X

UNS N06615 Nic kel-based alloy (8 L.iL.i3) X X XX [Note (4)] X X X

UNS Nl0 276 Ni(kel-based alloy (8 575) X X XY. [Note (li) ] X X X

UNS N060n Nickel ·based altoy (8 575) X X XY. (Note (li)] X X X

UN S N06059 Nickel·based alloy (B 575) X X XX (Note (4)J X X X

UN S N06686 Nicke[·based all oy (B 575) X X XX [Note (L.i)] X X X

UN S R50250 Titanium (B 246) X X XY. INote (4)] X X X

GE NERAL NOTE: Malerials suppti ers sha ll be consu lted wi th respect to specific recomme nda tions on usage.
NOTES :
(l) Can be used in very severe chemical environme nts.

(l) Coating may darken surface and convert to orga nic (arbon at hi ghel temp eratures.

()J There is usually no signifi ca nt price éldvantage to the use of the se aUoys as linings in pla(e of solid aUoys.

('J MOSI resislant of the all oys.

78

Il . 11 I II!.
 AS ME STS-1 - 2011

Table C-2 Suggested Stack Coating Characteristics and C1assifications

Generic
Maximum Cure
Type Mecha nism Acid Salt Weather Dry Heat

Alkyd Ai r oxidalion Poor fair Excellenr HOIIF ( t 21°C)

Chlori naled Salven! Excellenl Excellent Good I SOllf (66°Cl

rubber evaporation

Catalyzed Chemical Excellenl Excellent Good 250 of- 300"f

epoxy cross linking (12 1;;C-I-49"0

Novotac phen olic Chemica l Excellent Excelle nt Exe eUent 325°F (163"()
epoxy crosslll1king

Novolac Chemical Excellent Exeellent Exce ll ent 250°f-300°F

epoxy erosslin king (121 0 (-149°()

Aliphatic Chemical Very good EKcellent Excellent 1 8oe~ 250° F

polyurethane crosslinking (82"( -121 "()

Aluminum Solvenl / heal Poar Good Good 1,OOO"F (538"C)

silieone

(oa l·lar Solven! Very good b;.cellent POOI 160°F - 1:)O°F

epoxy eva poration (71"(-1 1 1"0

Vlnyl Salven! Exee Uen l Exeellen t Very good 150°F (66°()

evaporation

Inorgani c Hydrolysis Excetlent Excellent (x.eellent 7S0°F-l,OOO° F

zin( [N ote [t)! (399°(-53S"( )
[Note (2)J

Organie Chemical Very good Very good Very good 3 00~F (1-49°C)
zinc-rich crosslinking [Note (t) ! [Note (2)!

Inorgan ie Chemìcal Very good Excellent Exeellent

si lieate reac tion

NOTES,
(1) Indicated results based an prime r being top (oa led.
(2) Indl cated res ults based on limi tation of to p coal in tlle system .

79

., .
,\ ,
"
 ASM E STS· 1-2Qll

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX D

STRUCTlIRAL DESIGN

See Figs. D-l through D-2a and Tables O-J through

D-7,

Fig, D-l Normalized Response Spectrum Values

NormaTi'2ed 5" ,SpOc'tr. VaI\ì.e9­

Cri t ica l Oampinc Ra tio 5%

,
0. 1 0.2 0<1 06 0,8 l 4 6 S lO 40 60 BO 100 :200 400 600 800 1.000
Freq uency. eps

80

, ~ ! " .. . "~. J' _ . ' ). li· 'r l , ). ," J 1.< ., ,

 ASME STS-1 - 2011

Fig. 0-2 Seismic Zone Map

"

81

.· 1'-,- \ .. c .~ > '- . ." j ~, L 1t . l' .. ._ .t, .. I

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Fig. D-2a Seismie Zone Map

82

,-. l 1,. • l .! . , _, 71: ,. . I

 A$M E $T$-1- 20 11

Table D-l Special Values for Maximum Ground

Acceleration of 1.0g

Velocity
f(eque nc.y. Oisplac.ement Spectrum, Acceleration
H, $pectrum. io . in ./sec SpectlUn'1. 9

, S 0.2S 50.7 318.6{ S.IB6,'

10.39 6 5.16 1.061fM56'
O.'lS ~ / 5. 2.S
Il 14 ) ,; (l 1' 16
'S.32 159.1 2.589
2. S -s./ S 9
/ 1I1 S~ ( 11\8 I J · Il :"s
63.87 401.3 6.533
9 S f 5. 33
f1.5WJ e 1 1!i ~ / O.~J 69

,> 33
9.768
t' -,­
61.37
1.00

Table D-2 Response Spectrum Scaling Ratio

Versus Av

A", Effec tive Peak

Velocity·Related
Accelerations Scaling Ratio

0.05 0.04
0.03 0.06
0 .1 5 0. 11
0.20 0. 15
0.30 0.23
0.40 0.3 0

6EN ERAL NOTE; Lio ea r in le rpolatio n may be used in beiween A"

coeffidenis OOl given.

83

... I __ ,o I. . • Il .. . . • l. ~ 1. ~ .
 ASME STS·}- 2011

Table 0-3 Allowable Creep Stress of C.rbon Steel at Elevated Temperature

All owab le Creep Siresses (in ksi) [Noie (1}1
Tempera ture (0F)
Type of 5teel
[ Note [2)[ 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 1,050 1,100

A 36 (No te (3)1 14.3

[No te (4)]
A 53 Gr 8 10. 3
[Nole (3)) (N ot. (4)(

A 21., 2 Type I 8·13 5·9

[Not.s (5), (6)]
A 6 18 Gr I
[Not.s (5), (6))

A588G r A 12· 17 , , ,
[N otes (5), (6)]
A588 Gr8
[Note (5)j

A387Gr11 15.7 10.7 7 .1 4 .4 2. 7

[Note (7)) (Not. (41( (Not. (4)( (No te (8)( [N ote (8)] [Note (B)]
A 335 Gr Pll
[Note (7))

A387G r 12 18.0 11.3 7.3 4.5 2.5

[Not. (7)[ (Note (4)( [Note (41 ( (Note (' I( (Note (81( (Note (8)(
A 33 5 Gr P12 18.0 11.3 7,3
(Note (7):

GENERAl NOTE:
{he creep val ue d oes no t govem-norm al allowable stresses based on fy governo
Ihe use of this Sleel is 1101 l ecolllm ended al Ih is tem peratu re .
*, Ihe use o f Ihis steel al Ih is tempera tu re i s ollly l ecommended for noncri tical ap plicalions.
NOTES:
(1) The val ues presented i n th is (ab le are allowable slresses based 0 '1 tbe cri teria p resenled in p ara 3.3. 5 with a design life o f
100,000 hr. l he appropn aled fac l or of satety has been incorpora i ed in these values.
(2) Creep <'l'l'Id ru ptu re p rope rt les are high!y d epende nl upon I he exac l chemica l c om po s:ll~ n of I he stee l . Th e va lues indkaled i n Ihe table
are intel'tded lo be used only as a reterence. Valu es used in design should b e obtained (rom t esI dal a refle cl i ng Ihe precise chemica l
compo siti on o f IM e stee l l o b e used In the ductwork fabrica tion .
(3 ) Creep and rupture p ro p ertl es for thi s steel are derived from AS TM D5·11S1
(4 j The allowanl e stress valu e al this temperature is governed by th e ((eep rup ture stren gth .
(5) Creep and rupture prope rtles for this sl eel are derived fram varlOus United Stales Steel Corporal ion pu b hcations, indudlOg Steels for
El eva ted Tem pera l ure Se rvi ce.
(6) A ran ge of va lu es is presel1ted fo r A 242, A 58 8, and A 618 steels b ecau se of th e pot entially l ~ re e variatio n in chemistry. which can
drastica lly affect the sl eel' s prop erti es. The lower bound value should be u sed unl ess dala indicat e ol herwi se.
(7) Creep and ruplUre propertie s for this stee l are derived from ASTM DS· 50. Th ese valu es differ from so me of Ihe ASME values because
ASM E limits the allowab le stress lo 0.25F)' which is a hmltatial1 far bail ers, nOI du ct s.
(8) The aH owabl e Stre ss valu~ al thi s t empera ture is governed by th e creep rate.

84

) A .· r
 ASM E STS ·1 - 2011

T_ble D-4 Creep _nd Rupture Properties of Type 410 St_inless Steel
Stress for a Creep Rate of Stress for Ruplure in
0.0001% per \v 0,0000 1% per hr
1% in 10,000 hr 1% in 100,0 00 hr
Te st Temperature, 1,000 hr, 10,00 0 hr,
"F (c C) ksì (MPa) \<s i (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksì (MPa)

900 (482) 24.0 (165) 136 (94) 34.0 (234) no (52)

1.000 (S3B) 9.0 (62) 7. 4 (5 1) 19.4 (134) 13.0 (90)
1,100 (593) 4.2 (29) 1.6 (25) 10.0 (69) 6.B (47)
1,200 (649) 2.0 (14) 1.7 (12) 4.8 (33) 2.B (19)
1.300 (704) O.B (6) O.B (4) 2.5 (17) 1.2 (B)
1.400 (760) ... ( .. ) ... (. ..) 1.2 (8) 0.6 (4)

T_ble D-5 Creep _nd Rupture Properties of Type 304 St_inless Steel
Stress for a Creep Rate of Stress for Ruptu re in
0.0001% per hr 0.00001% per hr
1% in 10,000 hr 1% i n 100,000 h(
Test Temperature, 1.000 h(, 10,000 hr,
cF (cC) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

1.000 (538) lS.S (176) 17.9 (123) 49.B (343) 36.0 (24S)
1,100 (593) 16.5 (114) 11.1 (77) 31.0 (2 14) n2 (51)
1.200 (649) 10.S (74) 7.2 (50) 19.0 (131) 13.B (95)
1,300 (70Li) 7.0 (4B) 4.5 (31) 11.9 (S2) S.S (59)
1,400 (760) 4.6 (32) l.9 (lO) 7.7 (53) \ .1 (17)
1.500 (816) 3. 0 (21) 1.8 (]2) 4.7 (32) 1.3 (21)

T_ble D-6 Creep _nd Rupture Properties of Type 316 St_inless Steel
Stress fo r a Creep Rate of Stress fo r Ruptu re in
0.0001% per hr 0.00001% per hr
1% in 10,000 hr 1% in 100,0 00 hr
Test Te mperature, 1, 000 hr, 10,000 hr,
"f ("C) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MP a) ksi (Mpa)

l,ODO (S 38:) 3\.\ (24S) 20.1 (139) \0.0 (34\) 4 3.0 (296)
1,1 00 (S93) nS (lSS) 12.4 (BS) 34.0 (234) 26.S (183)
1,200 (649) 14.2 (9B) 7.9 (S4) 230 (l S9) 16.2 (11/)
1,300 (704) S,9 (61) 4.8 (33) l S.4 (106) 9.9 (66)
1,400 (760) S.6 (39) 3.0 (21 ) 10.) (71) 6.0 (41)
1,500 (8 16) 3.6 (2S) 1.9 (13) 6.7 (46) ).7 (26)

T_ble D-7 Creep _nd Rupture Properties of Type 317 St_inless Steel
St ress for a Creep Rate of Su ess f or Rupture in
0.000 1% per hr 0.00001 % pe r hr
1% in 10,0 00 hr 1% in 100,000 hr
Test Temperature, 1,000 hr, 10,000 hr,
CF ("Cl ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

1,000 (S3B) 24.0 (165) 16.0 (1 10) . . C.. ) C.)

1.100 (59 3) 17.3 (119) 14.7 (101) 34.0 (214) 28.0 (193)
1.200 (649) 12.7 (88! B.7 (60) 211.0 (16 5J 13.3 (92)
1, 300 (704) 7.3 (SO) 4.7 (32) 16. 7 (11\) 10.7 (74)
1,400 (7 60) 4.3 (30) 2.3 (16) 10. 3 (71) 6.7 (46)
l ,SOO (B16) 2.7 (19) 2.0 (14) 6.7 (46) 3.3 (23)

85

t .. ~ . 1 ;:,.... " in _! .•. !

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX E

EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS

E-l EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS VelQc it y Pressure q, (al lo) leq . (4-4)J

E-LI Example 1 q, = 0.00250 K, K" V'I = 34.810 (psf)
See T.ble E-I.1-1. Force CDe'fiòent CI (a t h), (T.b le 1-5)
fo r (l,ID) 17.50
E-1.2 Example 2
Cf = 0.6583
See Table E-1.2 -1.
Terra in Exposme Constants -, b, a, I
E-1.3 Example 3: Calculation Along Wind Loads (T.blc l-l)
See Tabl e E-1.3-1. Wind design based upon ASC E 7, 0.2000 (lu1itl ess)
a::. appUcClble for 5teel ~t(1Ck desigJl Llsed as an Exampl e b 0.65 (unitl e;;)
of the des ign me thod for 5T5-1. &. 0. 1538 (unitless)
500 (ft)
3-Sc'c G ust Veloòt y (mph) V = 100
(F ig . I-l , MandatoT)' App~ndix I) S tac k Firs t Mode Natm al Frequency (H z) n l
(Moda l F req uency Ana lys is)
Stack Height (ft) " = 140
!lI = 1.335

St21ck Diameter - Top Y1 (ft) d = 8

Cllst Factor Ca.lculation Gr
Impo rtan ce Factor (unitless) J = 1.00 (MandatOlY Appendix 1)
(Tab les 1-3 and 1-2)
Integrai Scale Length (lt) L,
Exposure Ciltegory C L, = l (Z/33) - = 602.73037
Paragraph 4.3.3.4
Facto rs go and glI (unJt less)
2"111\ (ft) Zmin = 15
go = 3.4
(Tablo l-I)
g, = 3.4
c (unitless) c = 0.20
(Table l-l) Background Rcspon se Q (unitless)

Equiva lent Structure Height (ft)

(Mandatory Appendix I) l = 0.8908
Z = 0.6 Il = 84 8 + h)"';
1 + 0.63 ( ---r:;-
jnt~nsityof Turbu l€'llcC (wlit iess) Iz
(Mandç'lto ry J\ppendi x I)
Mean Hourly Wind Specd V; (lt/sec)

Topog raphica l Factors KI , K" KJ (Fig. 1-2)

K, 0.00 CoeHicie nl 1\11 (ll nitl ess)
K, 1.00

K, 1.00

Combmed Topographic Factor KZ1

leq. (4-5)J
K" = (l + Kj K, K,)' = 1.0000 Coef.flcient 'filI' "T/B, T},J (unitlcss)
ilil 4.6111'I/Vt = 7.8108
Ve locity Pressu re Expos u rc Coetficient ry, 4.6I1,8/V, = 04463
Per Table 1-4, K, (at lo) = 1.360 ry" l5.4" ld/ V, = 1.4942

86

." [I
 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Table E-l.l-l Example l: Velocity Pressure. q" Calculations

Variable Definirlon 5tad< 1 5rack 2 51a ck 3 Units of Measure/ References

In pul Va[ues
V 3-sec gu!.! speed 90.000 100.0000 110.000 mph
!mportance facf or 1.000 1.0000 1.000 (unitless)
il Stack height 80.000 160.0000 240.000 ft
D Top outside diamefer 5.000 10.0000 15.000 ft
Exposure ca fegory C C C C
."t First mod e freq ueney
Pia te thi ckness
2.600
0.250
1.3000
0.312 5
0.900
0.375
H,
in.
p Dampill g vù lue 0.006 0.0060 0.006 (unitless)
Calculated Values
nlD Slendem ess ratio 16.000 16.000 16.000
'I Force coeffieien l 0.650 0.650 0.650 Table 1-5

G, GUSI effeC! factor 0. 950 1.010 1.050 See Mandatory

Appendix 1
K, Topographical factor 1.000 1.000 1.000 Eq . (4·5)
Kz (al h) Exposure coefficlent 1. 210 1.390 1.5 16 Table 1· 4
q2 (al hJ Velocity pres5ure 25.090 35.580 46.960 p,l

Coefficient SR (wlitl ess ) Aerodyn;::ln1lc O"mping f3'l (ll nitl e~)

[eq. (s-l )J
g.~ =
.
,:2 [og(, (3.6001!,) + -::::=======
0.577

,t'2 log, (3,600111

-1.2578

Coeffici ent R,: (unitless)

Struch.lr<l l Oamp ing f3, (1..U1itless)

(Table 5.2.1.2-1)

R" = 7.47 N, s = 0.0.197

/3. = 0.004

(I + 1O.3N 1 1"
T0tal Onrnpi.ng f1 (unitless)

Coeffici e nts R,;, RH, RJ (unjtless) /3 = f3.. + /3, : 0.012284

R,. Rr setting -T) = 7JJ:

Ra R! !:>t'tting 1] = 1]3 Reso nance Res po nse Fact0r R (un itl ess)
R,j RI se tHng 1J = 7].1
~ = J~R"R;.R, (0.53 + 0.47R..1 = 0,4680
G Ll st Fac tor c.r (unitless)
1 for 1J =
RI., =
0.1 198
° CI == 0,92:;
i l ' l .71-~ \ c0)., 2 Q' + g1/
__
'R') = 0.9555
. ( l + l.!l ~g~
R, = 0.7586
R,/ = 0,4566 E-l,4 Example 4: Earthquake Response Calculation
!'vlass per I.lnit lengl"h (lf top o ne-third of st<lck /Il,r (lbrn / ft) Fo r a lumped mas~ system, s1..l ch as sh o wn in EXé1 mple
Parag raph 5.2.1.2(0) 1, the respa nse spectra analysis is <lS folJo\.\ls:
{Il ' The displacement "", of the jth ma ss in the 11th
l11u = 319.0
mode of \'i bration is gi ven by
A ir De nsit y /' (lbrn / ft3)
(1)
p = 0.076474
w here
Avg. St.ck Diameter top I;, rl (Et) a}., the Hth m ode shape va lue o f the j th mass
rl = 8.0000 M , ::::: the jth lTIi"lSS of stac k

87

t,. "< , .. I 12 l' 1. ,.', .'" ' r J

 ASME STS- 1- 2011

Table E-1.2-1 Example 2: Gust Ellect Factor, Gr, (alculations

( , + 1.7Ij ,'9ÒQ' + 9}'R' )

6, = 0.925 1+1. n g..

Variable Definition Stack 1 Stack 2 Stack 3 Units of Measure/ References

V 3·sec gust speed, mph 90.0000 100.0000 110.0000 mph

I Im porta nce factor 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 (unitless)
h Stack heighl. ft 80.0000 160.0000 240.0000 ft
D Top oulside diameter. tt 5.0000 lO 0000 15.0000 ft
Exposure category ( ( (

",I fitst mode freQuency

Plate thickness
2.6000
0.2500
1.3000
0.31 ] 5
0 .9000
0 .37 50
Hz
in.
fJ Oilm ping value 0.0060 0.0060 0.0060 (unilless)

B Stac k width 5.0000 10.0000 15.0000 ft

c Turbulence intensity fac!or 0.2000 0.2000 0. 2000 Table 1· 1
I Int egra i lenglh scale (actol 500.0000 500.0000 500.0000 r1 (Table 1·1)
Integrai length scale powel law expon ent 0.2000 0.2000 0.2000 Table 1·1
l EQ uival en! height 46.0000 96.0000 144.0000 ft
I, Intensity turbu lence 0 .1880 0.1670 0. 1560

'i
Q
Integrai length scale of turbulence
Background tesponse
538 .9 100
0 .9140
6 19.0400
0.B8 /,0
6 71. 3400
0.8630
ft

ìj Mean hourly wi nd speed factot 0. 6 500 0.6 500 0.6500 Table 1·1
Ò Mean hourly wi nd speed law exponent Q.15L!0 0. 15 "0 0. 1540 Table l· )
ii, Mean hourly wind speed 90 .8900 112.3500 131 . 5500
N, Reduced freQuency 15. 4200 7.1600 4.5900
R" 0.0245 0.0403 0.0535
", 10. 5300 8.5200 7.5500
", 0.6580
2.2000
0.5320
1.7800
OAno
l.SBOO
"d
Ri, 0 .0905 0.1105 0 .1236
R, 0 .6 7L!7 0. 7226 0.747 5
Rd 0 .3521 0.408 2 0.4L!1O
R Resonanl Response fa ctar 0.L!160 0.62.11 0.779L!
g, Pea';; Faclor of Resanant Response 4.4 11 0 4.2520 4. 1640
g,. Peak factor for Wind Respo nsi' 3.4000 3.4000 3AOOO
gQ Peak Factor for Background Response 3.4000 3.4000 3.-4000

GI Gus! Effec! Facf ar 0.95 1.01 1.05 (unitless\

11ll mber of ma sses (b) The ove rtuming rnomellt is

design response spectra \'alue for the /ah mod e .,
frequency
Mi' L. (M .tÙ~ II ,,,!JJ) + 1,\1';:' 8/1." (5)
1'" pJrticipation factor of the nth mod e /'" J
, where
L. M,I1I " 1;\ mrt :;; s moment of in ertia of footing about
J '" I
r., , (2) point J\
L M,l~". {ti natue<l l circular frequ ency oi the l'ah mode of
1= J sta ck, in radians per seC<.)lld
For the h ori2 0n1,1\ excita tion, the bending mom ent 0..-\ .•1 ~ the rl th mode rotatio n of footing of stack
M/il and sh.ea r force V/" at the ith mass location (md in
the 11th mode of vibration can be obtained, as In the gene rai case, \ . . hen a stack is s upported al many
, places, the shear forc~s VI" and bendlng mornents M IIl
along a stCl ek ean be obtained by statie analysis due to
V" I = 2:; M/JJ~lIl" (3)
inertia load s
I = I
.v
M", = . L. M,W.~IIIH(It, - Il,) (' ) 1 to N (6)
l ' I

88

". u ....1 ~ t . ' .. .

~ '. , .. ~ - ,. . li J
 ASME STS-1 - 201 1

Table E-l.3-l Stack Along Wind Loading

Velocity Velodty Mean Flu ctualin g
Elevation , Pres5ure Pre5sure, Force load, Base Moment, loa d, Base Moment,
locatio n, z, Coefficienl, ql i. Coefficient. w(z) i, MI) (i to i+1), W()(z) i, M· (i to i+l),
~ Kl i psf Ct ; lbf/ft kip-ft lbf /~ kip-ft

I 140 1.360 34.8 16 0.6583 34.7340 1 22,4351

2 130 1.335 34 .176 0.6583 83.1764 1 13.3525 113.6897 159.4571
3 120 1.3 10 33.536 0.6583 81.6 188 ]03.0100 96.1990 115.7 303

4 110 1. 285 32.896 0.6583 80. 0612 92.9 790 1 13.6897 115.7303
5 100 1.260 32.256 0.6583 78.503 6 83.2595 87.4536 96.1;905
6 90 1.240 31.7 44 0.6583 77.2 575 73.9969 78. 7083 76.9998

7 80 1. 210 30.976 0.6583 75.3884 64.8901 69.9629 63.2581

8 70 1.170 29.952 0.6583 72.8962 55.6275 6 1. 217 5 49.2655
9 60 1.130 28.92 8 0.6583 70. 4040 46.59 33 52.4722 37.0220

IO 50 1.090 27.904 0.6583 67.9118 38.0576 43.7268 26.5276

Il 40 1.040 26.624 0.6583 64.7966 29.8854 34.98 15 17.7822
12 30 0.980 25.088 0.6533 61.0583 22.0558 26.2361 10.7859

13 20 0. 900 23.040 0 .6 58 3 56.0740 14.683 1 17.4 907 5.5387

14 IO 0.850 2 1. 760 0 .6583 52 .9 538 8.2034 8.7454 2.0406
15 O 0.850 2 1. 760 0.6583 52.9588 2.6479 0.0000 0 .29 15
MI) = 749.2 4 19 M" = 799.9092

GENERAL NOTE S:
(a) To tal Base Moment: M = MJ -t M' ;= 1,549.15 kip·ft
(b) A lin ea r variatlon in l oad between the calculation points is assume d in calculation of the moment s.

Tot<'ll she<lr Force VI alld bending moment s M I Clt the This is not the same value of délmpi ng used fOI seismic
ith location Me calcu lé\ted from the mod<'ll v<l ILI es Vi' l loads,
and M m usi,n g expressio ns Response is highl y se n si tive to srnall ché\nges in
damping fis where \'él lues of A 2 are neé\f 1.
(7)
E-2.l Generai Theory
Th e root-mean-sq uare motion <I l the p oi n t o f m é\x i·
(8)
lnUfl) displacement is given by
iÌ M CICM

where D m, JAI{3, + {3,,)

N ;:::; number of governing modes, i.e., modes thé\t
c(lntribu te 10'% or mare t(l the respoJ1ses {3" - C, [I - 4(~I)'l
11/, ,D
E-1.5 Example 5 A H/I5
See Tab lo E-1.5-1. 111, m,! pO'g

E-2 VORTEX SHEDDING DESIGN

tu, ~ HII/(Z) </>' (z)dz/' </>' (z)dz
" o

(THIS METHODOLOGY IS NOT AN EXAMPlE) C, ~ 0.6 (for p arallel s tacks on ly)

j\'OTE: Th ls sllbs{'c tion d o!.'!> nol apply to gu)'cd or brdced slac ks

(para:; 4.10 ilnd '1 Il ).

The steel s tack response to vortex-inc\uced wind IOCl ds C".j ~

<P{ZM)
eH
H n ",' (z)dz
1 H ?
f ­

is based upon dimensions, m odal properties for the </>-(z)dz

vibration mode bcing consid ered, the s truc tural damp­ H (I

ing, f3" and aero dynamic da,npin g, {3". 4>(z.,) ~ \-é\ lu e of (,6(z ) at maximulTI ddlec ti oll
It ~hould be noted that the strUl: turél] déllllping far Z,\ol ;:::; H far G"mtilever mod e
vo rtex sheddin g is in accord"nce w lth p<lra. 52.1.2(b). C", - 2.0 for thc fLmdamenta! mod e ot vibréltion

89

" ., I ~. t •c • lo, AI' _. J _" .. ,

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

Table E-1.5-1 Example 5: Earthquake Response Spectrum Example Calculations

Modal Properties
2 ) 4

Ffequencv « ye le /sec) 0.8830 5.3])0 Ili 429 26.7400 1i 1.3 71 0

TimI! pe riod (sec) 1 13 20 0. 1860 0.0690 0.0370 0.0140
p~ ",,(i p a h}o fa clo' 1.6008 -0.9801 0 .'572 - OA 140 0. 1089
Scal ed d rS-;KaCemenl (ft) 0.299li Q.0 150 O.OO IR 0 .0004 0.000 1

Mode 5hape, ft:

Ele vation, ft 2 ) 4 SRSS

l IO 1. 0000 1. 0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 0.1.i 796
196 0. 9087 06833 0. ~ 818 0.2706 0.05~ l 0.4) )7
182 0.$17 5 o 369 5 - 0.011 8 - O 3630 -o 6344 0.39 19
168 07266 00699 -0.4 099 - 0.6960 -0.6823 0.3I.i S)
l''
1.0
0 .636 7
O 5il a5
-0 .2009
- 0.1.i279
- 0.M3 7
- 0.67 31,
- 0. 6 201
-O 20 32
- 0 .12 61
0.5582
0.3052
0.2630
116 0.1.62 9 -0.5979 - 0.50 39 0.3311 0.8 113 0.222 1
11> 0 3808 - 0.70 16 - 0 .186 7 0. 7080 0. 4251 0 .1819
98 0 .3033 -0. 7 35 3 0 .1921 0. 7).1iIo - 0.19 56 0. 1&60
84 0.23 17 - 0.70 17 0 .5 333 0 .3919 - 0 .7776 0 .11 18
70 0.1 673 - 0.610 1 0 .7 507 - 0. 1517 - 0.6 350 0 .0809
56 0.1 113 - 0.476 1 0.79lili - 0.6 366 0 .0 249 0 .0 5liO
0 .06 5 2 - 0.32 13 0 .6 656 - 0.8358 0.69 15 0 .031 8
"18 0.0303 - 0.1 71 1 0. 41 92 - 0.6794 0.8665 0 .0 1&8
- 0.0 541 0 . 1550 - 0.3020 0 .4.816 0.0040
"o 0.008 \
0.0000 0 0000 0 .0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000

Moment, ft-kip s:

Elevation, ft 2 ) 4 SRSS
, IO O o O o O O
196 72 7'.66 1 19.186 65 .894 157,7)1 62
182
168 '"
:'9 6
8.9Sd
17,121
56,660
9li.08 1
16 7,lili8
111 ,161
)32, 5 16
307 .1 82
2lJ

' 54 1.019 25,858 t 15.5 ] 4 18 3.15 1 66 .594 '"

6 77
1<0 1.S 3S 33,li 25 t 12.)69 63 ,li 21 - 113.779 9<8
126 1. 130 38.7 15 83.)26 - 8 ],091 - 318.044 1,131

.
111 1. 79 1 40,81] 34.94 ] -1 8 5.969 -1 66 .383 lo 511
98 3. 50 7 39, 19] - 20.594 - 19 5.5'37 119.3 71 1,8 19
4. 167 )),658 -68. 763 - 108.3 111 31 1.86 5 1. 131
70 5.060 1~,384 - 96. 467 30,68] l S9.070 2,1.6 5
56 5,8 77 1I, 863 - 9 5.364 149,693 5.9~ 1 :?8 16
6. 7 10 - 3.191 - 63.77 " 11:1 4.799 - 139.](7 3,2 17
"28 7.S53 -1 9.956 - 6 ,6 51 109,761 -266 .4 73 3,6 31
l'. 8 .4 00 -3 7.631 66.561 - 54.813 - 20.166 &,0 8 1

GENERAl NOTES:
(a) Shear calcu lation method similar with base shear = 37 kips.
(b) A si ngle-wall sleel Slack, which has a height of 210 ft. out side diam et er of 12 ft, an d thickness of 0. 50 in.. whi ch 1s localed with Av =
0.30, has {he modal properties and response spectrufTl ea rth Quake SRS S valu es in dicated in the above table.

Cl = 0.12 for an iso lC\ted steel stack

0.12 5 = 0.16 + - 1 (-A - 3) lor -A < 15
= ----=--2 a (o r a g ro uped stee l stack 300 i5 i5
(5~)
0.20 fO"f~ ~ 15
Fo r a gro up o ( two or mo re identical s teel s tacks, Ii
tht.' amplifi cCl tion facto r (l' and Strouh al N umbe r 5 are
given as,
Far ~ < 3 o r for g rou ps o f id entical s teel s tack., o r
(AiD - 3) A
( L' 1.50 - ' 2 4 , 3< -=- < 15 J:1 onjden tica l s teel stack g rou ps. in terference effects shall
D be cs tablb h ed by reference to m od el test or other studies
Il
l.0 fùr -=- 2:: ]5 () f .,jmila r arrangements.
D

90

. ... "l r ,. ...

 A5ME 5T5-1-2011

E-3 COMPUTATION OF VORTEX-INDUCED The numb er of cycles in T years at the equivalent

RESPONSE constant ampLHtlde D, is given by
(THIS METHODOLOGY IS NOT AN EXAMPLE)
E-3.1 Evaluation 01 Loads Due to Vortex Shedding _' 'l
The eqlliltion defming 0,\.[/ D ca n be wr itten as,
N'III = l'50T) "(VV~<,'-'l)exp [- (VJi)
lO 15 V
l
,.

ii,q Al

D
[\ _A2[ 1 _ 4(~1)2l1 v, V, and v ~. -a fe eva luated at the same height.
r::: . A iatigue ana lys is C(ln be perfofJ1ìed ll~ing the meth0d s
CI C,\., 1rI, \1{3~ ti..

in the ( ]OND Modt:'l Code for Steel Chimneys or thc

C2 III, {3;
AmericnJl Lnstitute of Steel Construct1on (A ISC) .

For /U r {3. > 0.8 E-3.4 Variable Diameter Stacks

à,\ 1 Al For vilriélb le diameter stacks, the preeeding meth0d
-
D may be used ..v ith the fol1owing modifications to accoun t
for thC' cange o f possible critiCdI diameters. ThC' previo us
method is used w ith the fo llowing changes in fonnul<t s.
The pca.k res ponse is determined by \'a rying thc range
For J/J, {3~ < 0.4
0f height being considered for <lny mean d iameter, D.
11M ~
[5 =
(
05 l - c ,
/J/,ps.)v, for CI po rtion o f the sl ec) stack w here Ihe diameter va ri es
15% fTOIll this mean diameter. The pea k respense is
de tenllined by iterati01lS 0\'er tlle fu ll height 0t the s télek.
E-3.2 Practical Application
1l1e generai so luti o n rnay be reduced to the following
formula s or "orlex shedding and then used to determi ne
equi va lent static j0ads. For any vallies of 111 1 {3"

t
H
4>' (z)d z

The pca k \'a llies for vortex shedd ing response are;

il = g 11M and o. = & n,"" R

o
where is the maximum value and used to ca1cu late
H

peak loads and s tresses, while Il; defines eqlliva lent co n ~ 4>' (,)dI

s tant arnp[itude for fatigue ca1culations. The \'ailles of o

~ and g~ are det crnùned from the ioLl m,."ing:

R 1.0 iOI nearly parallel

F0I" 1/1, {3, > 0.8,

C, 0.6 R

g ::: 4.0 Tbe li.I.:nits change to

g, 2.0
m, /3; > O.BR
For III, (3, < 0.4, 111, /3, < O.4R
g = 1 .6
S, = \.5 E-3.5 Symbols and Definitions
A
center~to-center stilck spacing ior interfer­
Linear interpolation ìs uscd ior 0.4 < In , f3~ < 0,8-.
ence effects, Et
E-3.3 Equivalent Static Loads consta nt
ma x imum va lu e a mp litude f(lI sta. ti e
The equ ivalen t static load s corres ponding the di s~ equ ivalent design 10ad s. il
pl(3cement, ii/.-!, are gj"en by <I, ma x imum valu e amp li tude (or s tat ie
equ i\'illent f()tigue 10Cl ds, ft
1/.'(:::) ii (2TIIIJ)~ <P (z) m(zYg.­ r.m.s. d y namic di splacemenl at z = Z"I' ft
"'. ('1 a. (2"",)' ,; (: ) ,,,I,)',
constant far grouped/ iso lated stacks

91

I .• 1 I " ._ ... , ...... :\

 ASME STS·1-2 0 11

C2 con s tant Toble E-4-1 Mode Shope by Elemenl

CM
i5
mode shape const,mt
mean diametcr for the segmcnt 2 1 to 22 o r
k z~, ft El);, h od~, h M h ft mb Ibn/ft ,.,
for s tacks with less than ±10% variati on l l'O 135 8 lO 320 1.0000
over the top one·thiTd the v,due of i5 b the 2 Ila 125 8 lO 320 0.9022

g
Rverage aver the top one-third, Et
gravitational accclerRti on (32 .2 Et/ se( 2)
,
l 120
11 0
115
105
8
8
10
lO
320
120
0.8041,
0.7072
5 100 95 8 lO 320 0.6113
§ constant far maximum static equiva len t 6 90 85 8 lO 320 0 51 76
loads 7 80 75 8 lO 120 0.4272
g( gré'lv itational cons ta n t (32.2 lbm -ft / 8 70 65 8 lO 120 0.3413
Ibl-see') 9 60 5\ 8 lO 320 0.2616
lO 50 8 lO 120 0. 189 4
S,
H ::=:
constant for fati g ue static equi v. load s
height of steel stack, ft 11
11
,O
lO
"3255 8
8
lO
lO
320
320
0. 1263
0. 0742
m ,. equiva lent uniform milSS per Unlt le ngth,
13 20 15 8 lO 320 0.01'6
Ibm /H
m, d imensi0n less m(lSS ".15 lO
O
5
O
8
8
lO
O
320
O
0.0092
0.00 00
Il,(2) mass per uni t )ength eH hejght 1, Ibm / ft
11 : natura) frequenc y a f mode, Hz

NT effecti ve numbeT oi cycI es in pe riod yea rs

R constant for tapered s tac ks

Toble E-4-2 Equivalenl Falique and Slalic
5 Strouhal number Loads by Elemenl

T liie of stC'lck Ùl years k lh ft Wh,> Ib/ ft w $\' Ib/ ft

V, criticai speed far th e segment
li to 22 ::=: 5~11i5, it /sec . 1.00 140.00 3,366 3, 155
mean l10mly des ign speed (30 -yr re tl\rt1 2.00 130.00 1,016 2.34 7
3.00 120.00 2,70 7 2,538
period) at the critica I hcight Zu used for
4.00 110.00 2,380 2,23 1
evaluating th e criticaI wind v eloc ity S.OO 100.00 2,05 7 1.929
(ft/see) 6.00 90.00 1,742 1,633
z height Z Wìder consideration, ft 7. 00 80.00 1,4 38 1, 348
l\pper "nd lowe r limi ts of (I sec ti on Llf the 8.00 70.00 1.1 4 9 1,Q77
stack aver which the diamete r ch " nges by 9.00 60.00 880 8 25
30% (e.g., D ± 15%), ft 10.00 50.00 617 598
Il.00 40.00 "5 199
'1.2 (z, + Z2) or, fo r s tncks with less th nn ± 10%
1 2.00 30.00 250 21'
variation ove r th e top th ird , za ::=: YJ-f, ft 13.00 20. 00 116 109
height at maximum moda l shflpe displacc­ 14.00 10.00 11 29
mellt (H for ln ode 1), ft 15.00 0.00 O O
amplifica ti o n facto r
"
/3, aerodyni-lmic damping

/3, s tnl ch.lral damping

A a specl ra tio Height (ft) :

ai, de nsil y (0.00238), Ib m-sec' / ft'
H = 140.00 Il
P
<f>(z) llormali ze d m o d e sh ap e a t heig ht , z

Top ~ H l Mean 05 Diame te r, ft :

(lUliHess)
D = 8.00
max nonnali zed m od a l d ispl ace mcnt <p(z)

for mode al z = ZM, for the first mode

Top ~ Hl Mean 1l1ic kness, in .:
Z ::=: H (uni tles!:i) I = 0.3125 in.

wl:) equivalent sta ti c loa d, lbf /ft

co,(z) eqllivalent fatigue loa d, lbf/ft 3-see gust Velocity (mph) I,om (Fig. 1-1)

\I = 100

E-4 VORTEX SHEDDING EXAMPLE

Importanee Facto, (Tablos 1-2 and 1-3)
(EXAMPLE CALCULATION)
l = 1.00
See Tables E-4-1 and E-4-2. Vorte), Shcdding Design

per E-5 fe r steel s tn cks I,vith less than 10% variation in Reference Design Wind Speed:

diamct cr in th e uppe r one- third of the s tacL 5~ack is VR ::=: V/I

140 it tall and has ;In 8-ft dii'lmeter and 0.3125-in. COI1­
:i li-ln t \Vali th jck.ne~s. Exposu,o: (para. 4.3.3.4): C

92

d '. ' • ~, _ _. ; _ Il ........... ' • l.:J ). . .. J L, _ .. . 1 .. ; v".

 ASME STS-1-201l

l
Firs t M(lde Freqllency, Hz: v, ~ ti, DbM
l/l = 1.335
53.40 t-ps
Dens ity (If au, s lugs/ ft J : V 30
, 44 36.41 mph
p = 0.00238
Mea n Hourl )' DeSig n Speed al 5H / 6 (I t):
G ravi ty Cons tant, ft /sec 1

('U)"bM VR 30
g = 322 44
V::.cr = bb'l f 33
Stm ctura l Damp ing. unlineo (Table 5.2.1.2-1 ):
{3, = 0.004 11 578 fp'

Shape Factor (Table 1-5): If V( > 1.2 x V l.(I then ignore

C( = 0.6583 Regi on if (V~.> 1.2 V ur,
"Neeo not Consid er," "Consider" )
Spacing betwee n stacks: Region "Conside r"
A = 160 il (20 x D)
ff V[ > V w bui less than 1.2 x Vw redllction iél c tor
First Mod e, the re lore (E-5):
allowed:
C".! = 2,0
V w )'
St rollh , 1 N umbe r (E-5): ( V,

S, = If . [Ai5 > 15, 0. 2, 0.16 + 300l (Ai5 - 3)j Rcouction if (V, > V"." "true," "false")
Reduction = "false"
Ave rélge Di"m e te r fo r Top Y; Ht : F[~,. __ ctlOn if (Reduction = "tTUe," Fr'~ : 1 ,- ' 10{\, 1)
D j'al = D

Fn,duc!Jon = 1,00
= 8 Il

S, = 0.20
Grouped Chimney cfrects must be considered below
15 x Spa:
Vortex Shedding Eleva ti cm Rrtnge:
A ~ 160.00
2) H

Z2 = O

For Spacing below 3 x Spa/D bM Seek Advice:

FOi Exposure C (Table l-l):
Advice ii ( ; < 3, "Seek Advic€ , " "Use COde")
bar ,
bOM 0.65

, = 0.2
agl'l 1.0
[II 500

a",, 2 1.5 ­ 24~ (~

DI:>.u
- 4)
ct'!.'M 6.5 0.83
l "Use Code"
5 2.0
Number (lf Sections: if [ A > 15 D b<l[. l , if (A ~
[ = 500 4 Db.lr, a>:1"~' O'SP3 )]
k L.n 1.00
/I 15
Z (tUI ' ::: 15
H À = 17.50
D b.u
9.5
0.12
900
C. 1 = - - a" CI = 0.72
( 5SI) ~ ,\
Criticai Ele va ti on: t5
<1>, = L (<1>,1' III , 4>, 35.288
Z~,
~6 H k = J
1 I~
11 6.67 It
-:;: L "'1 !tI, (<h)' /1/ , = 320.000Ibm / ft
'I 140.00 ft
m( = '1-'\ k =J
22 0.00 fl Max imum Deflec tion at Top for First Mode:
4>zM = 1.0
Critica i Velocity:
C, = 0 .60

93

I.
 ASME STS-1-2011

CMI =
m,M ii
cr
1
-H q,.
m,
11\ =
rI,

[ili' (2m1 1)2 41 !II;' ]

= 4.5125

= 1.992 1.\ = [11. (2mJ!)1 <h 1!l1]

III"
In, = P Do.!r1 g
Jn r = 65,24
Peak Bending Moment for Vortex Shedding:
m,A = 0.2610

Cl CA-! MI<
_ 1_
1,000g, =,
~ ('l!\ + ll)h.
2
I (,, _ ,-2,)
(ZI; t zt._d
2
A, A, = 0.01390
m. JA A 18,784 fl-kip
0.60
A, = w, f3s
A, = 2.30 Average Peak Moment to Consider for Fa tigue:

1I1,t3~ = 0.2610
_1_ ~ ("\' + W'I_ l) _, (z~ + zl_d
M, 1,000 g,~ ,\ 2 (2,_, z,l 2
For any va lut.' of III, X f3~:
= 17,610 fl-kip
' -1 (1- A,) + /(1 -A,)' + 16A ,' A ,]
l
'2
11m Db.l r 8 Al Numbe r 01 Stresses at Pe,,-k Moment for Fa tigue:

'""t";~r n'H"'!::::r]
3.01

(1/1, /3 - 0.4) 2.4

grh 1.6 + ' 0.4 gx/J = 0.766 N, - (i,)'"
(m, /3 - 0.4) 0.5 N)o = 1.17 X lO' cyc1es (based on 50 yrl
1.5 + ' DA
Calc ul ate Bcnding Stress due to Peak Moment for
fatigue con5ideration.

gl"" t f [111, /3, <0.4, 1.6 [if (m, /3, > 0.8, 4.0, g'l.] l] Sectioll Modlllu!-l:
O S.OO fl
1.60 Din. = O _.!.6

(if [",,/3, < 0.4,15 [if (111,{3, >

5 = 32TI O (O~ - D,c 4l 12 3

= 2,239.95 in.'

0.8, 2.0, g,'l ]] 0",.

1vJ, 12

= - 5­
g, = 1.50
= 94.34 ksi
Far Peak Laads:
High bendillg stress leve! indicates faiJu.re far this
s tack conf igllrati o n . Additìonal dampìng or "erody­
Far Fatigue: namic wind spoilers s\lch as helical strélkes "re required .

94

';' .' "" .' "t' I ,,, . ' I , . 1 'a!.

 ASME STS-1-2011

NONMANDATORY APPENDIX F

CONVERSION FACTORS: U.S. CUSTOMARY TO SI (METRIC)

See Tables F-I through P-IS.

Table F-l Length Table F-6 ForcejLength

To Convert From To Multiply By To Convert From To Multiply By

in. mm 25.4000 lbf/in. N/m 175.13

in. cm 2.5400 lbf/ft N/m 14.59
ft m 0.3048
yd m 0.9144
mile (statule) km 1.6090
Table F-7 Pressure or Stress
(Force per Area)
Table F-2 Area To Convert From To Multiply By
To Convert From To Multiply By 2
kgffm p, 9.807
10-' mm ' 645.1600000 ksi MPa 6_895
in.< cm' 6.4510000 N/m" p, 1.000
ft' m' 0.0929000 ksl kPa 47.880
psf p, 47.880
in. 2 m' 0.0006451

yd" m' 0.8361000

psi kPa 6.895
sq mlle (stalute) m' 2,590,000.0000000

Table F-8 Bending Momen! (Torque)

Table F-3 Volume (Capacity) To Convert From To Multiply By

To Convert From To Multiply By lbf·in. N'm 0.1130

Ibf·ft N'm 1.3560
ounce 29.570000
kgf·m N'm 9.8070
g,1 0.003785
in.~ 16.400000

ft'
0,028320

yd;l
0.764600 Table F-9 Mass
To Convert From To Multiply By

Table F-4 Kinematic Viscosity ounce·mass (avolrdupois) g 28.3400

OUf1ce·mass (avoirdupois) kg 0.0283
(Thermal Diffusivity)
pound-mass (avoirdupols) kg 0.4536
To Convert From To MUlt l ply By ton (m Elric) Mg 1.0000
ton (short, 2,000 lbm) Mg 0.9072
in.' /sec 0.0006451
in. 2 /sec 6.4521000

Table F-10 Mass per Area

To Convert From To Multiply By
Table F-5 Force
To Convert From To Multiply By psf 4.8800
lbm/yd) 0.5425
kgf N 9.807

kip-force N 4448.000

Ibl N 4-448

95

.! I . ~ .jJ ~- "" . ~
 ASME STS·1- 201 1

Table F-ll Mass per Volume Table F-14 Velocity

To (onvert from To Mult iply By To (onvert From To Multipty By

[bm /in.' kg / m) 27,680.0000 in ./sec m/s 0.02540

Ibm / ft' kg/ m1 16 .0200 h /sec m/s 0. 30480
lbm/yd ' kg / m 3 0. 5933 h./min m/ s. 0.00508
Ibm j gal (U.5. liquid) kg / m 3 11 9.8300 mph km/ h 1.60900
km / h m/s 0. 27800

Table F-12 Temperatures

Table F-15 Acceleration
To (onvert From To Multiply By
To (onve rt From To Mu ltiply By
°F O( t. ~ (ti - 32)/1.8
O( °F ti = 1.8( + 3 2 ft /sec ~ m/s !' 0.3048
K O( te = t~ ­ 273.1 5 in,jsec 1 m/s 2 0.025 4
freera ll , standa rd m/ s 2 9.8070

Table F-l3 Heat

l o Convert From To Mult iply By

Blu/ lb m I/kg 2326.0000

Blu in. f h ft2 W/m' K 0. 1442
Btu! if~'" F W/ m1 'K 5.6780
8Iu/ lbm"f J/ kg·"'C 4184.0000
8lu/ ibm"F \a l{ kg·O ( 1.001l0

96

j l ! 1 t . I ~· l • J .... .
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

~ 1- .:: .:'f. I CE·.::I 1 r:

", "
 lSBN 978-0-7918-3345-2

9 78079

L069 11

l r ,., , A- I [j , ; J.. .,1 _ ' 1~ 10 J i.," _ l':!, • l.'